Quarterlytics / Technology / Software - Application / SoundThinking, Inc. / FY2020 Annual Report

SoundThinking, Inc.
Annual Report 2020

SSTI · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker SSTI
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Software - Application
Employees 316
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · SoundThinking, Inc.
Loading PDF…
cc

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, DC 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)
☒

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended  December 31,  2020

OR

☐

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM                      TO

Commission File Number  001-38107

ShotSpotter, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
7979 Gateway Blvd.,  Suite 210
Newark,  California
(Address of principal executive offices)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Common Stock, $0.005 par value per share

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None

47-0949915
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

94560
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: ( 510) 794-3100

Trading Symbol(s)

SSTI

Name of each exchange on which registered

Nasdaq Capital Market

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  YES ☐    NO ☒

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.  YES ☐    NO ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that

the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES ☒   NO ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding

12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit such files). YES ☒ NO ☐

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  Registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  smaller  reporting  company,  or  an  emerging  growth  company.  See  the  definitions  of  “large

accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer

Emerging growth company

☐
☒

☒

Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company

☐
☒

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the Registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to

Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☒Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).     YES  ☐    NO  ☒

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  Registrant  has  filed  a  report  on  and  attestation  to  its  management’s  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  its  internal  control  over  financial  reporting    under  Section  404(b)  of  the

Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered independent public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report ☐

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based on a closing price of $25.20 per share of the Registrant’s common stock as reported on the

Nasdaq Capital Market on June 30, 2020 was $201,482,820.

The number of shares of Registrant’s common stock outstanding as of March 23, 2021 was  11,648,028.

Portions of the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement relating to the Annual Meeting of Stockholders, scheduled to be held on June 16, 2021, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Report. Such Proxy

Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days following the end of the Registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

  Risk Factor Summary

  Business
  Risk Factors
  Unresolved Staff Comments

Properties

  Legal Proceedings
  Mine Safety Disclosures

  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data

  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
  Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
  Controls and Procedures
  Other Information

  Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance
  Executive Compensation

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Directors Independence

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

Form 10-K Summary
Exhibit Index
Signatures

PART I
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
PART II
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
PART III
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
PART IV
Item 15.
Item 16.

  Page

1
2

4
23
51
51
51
52

53
54
55
71
72
104
104
104

105
105
105
105
105

106
106
107
110

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. The forward-looking statements are contained
principally  in  the  sections  of  this Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  entitled  “Risk  Factors,”  “Management’s  Discussion  and Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of
Operations”  and  “Business,”  but  are  also  contained  elsewhere  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.  Often,  you  can  identify  forward-looking  statements  by  the  words
“anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “objective,” “ongoing,” “plan,” “predict,” “project,” “potential,” “should,” “will,”
or “would,” or the negative of these terms, or other comparable terminology intended to identify statements about the future. Forward-looking statements include statements
about:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

our ability to continue to increase revenues, secure customer renewals and expand coverage areas of existing public safety customers;

our ability to continue to add new customers for our public safety and security solutions;

our ability to grow both domestically and internationally;

our ability to effectively manage or sustain our growth;

our ability to maintain, increase or strengthen awareness of our solutions;

our ability to achieve and maintain service level agreement standards in our customer contracts;

future revenues, hiring plans, expenses, capital expenditures, capital requirements and stock performance;

our ability to service outstanding debt, if any, and satisfy covenants associated with outstanding debt facilities;

our ability to attract and retain qualified employees and key personnel and further expand our overall headcount;

our  ability  to  comply  with  new  or  modified  laws  and  regulations  that  currently  apply  or  become  applicable  to  our  business  both  in  the  United  States  and
internationally; and

our ability to maintain, protect and enhance our intellectual property.

We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

These forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance
or achievements to be materially different from the information expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Although we believe that we have a reasonable basis
for  each  forward-looking  statement  contained  in  this Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  we  caution  you  that  these  statements  are  based  on  a  combination  of  facts  and  factors
currently known by us and our expectations of the future, about which we cannot be certain. You should refer to the “Risk Factors” section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K
for a discussion of important factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements. As a result of
these factors, we cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K will prove to be accurate. We undertake no obligation to publicly
update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law. You should read this Annual Report on
Form 10-K and the documents that we reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially
different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investing  in  our  common  stock  involves  risks,  including  those  discussed  in  the  section  titled  “Risk  Factors.”  These  risks  include,  among  others:  The  COVID-19

pandemic has resulted in a material adverse effect on our business, the future magnitude or duration of which we cannot predict with accuracy.

SUMMARY OF RISK FACTORS

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

If our business does not grow as we expect, or if we fail to manage our growth effectively, our operating results and business prospects would suffer.

Our quarterly results of operations may fluctuate significantly due to a wide range of factors, which makes our future results difficult to predict.

Because we generally recognize our subscription revenues ratably over the term of our contract with a customer, fluctuations in sales will not be fully reflected in
our operating results until future periods.

We have not been profitable historically and may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future.

We may require additional capital to fund our business and support our growth, and our inability to generate and obtain such capital on acceptable terms, or at
all, could harm our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects.

Interruptions or delays in service from our third-party providers could impair our ability to make our solutions available to our customers, resulting in customer
dissatisfaction, damage to our reputation, loss of customers, limited growth and reduction in revenues.

If we are unable to sell our solutions into new markets, our revenues may not grow.

Ongoing social unrest may result in a material adverse effect on our business, the future magnitude or duration of which we cannot predict with accuracy.

Our success depends on maintaining and increasing our sales, which depends on factors we cannot control, including the availability of funding to our customers.

Contracting with government entities can be complex, expensive, and time-consuming.

If we are unable to further penetrate the public safety market, our revenues may not grow.

Our sales cycle can be lengthy, time-consuming and costly, and our inability to successfully complete sales could harm our business.

Changes in the availability of federal funding to support local law enforcement efforts could impact our business.

The failure of our solutions to meet our customers’ expectations could harm our reputation, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, operating
results and financial condition.

Real or perceived false positive gunshot alerts or failure or perceived failure to generate alerts for actual gunfire could adversely affect our customers and their
operations, damage our brand and reputation and adversely affect our growth prospects and results of operations.

Economic uncertainties or downturns, or political changes, could limit the availability of funds available to our customers and potential customers, which could
materially adversely affect our business.

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•

•

•

The nature of our business exposes us to inherent liability risks.

As a result of our use of outdoor acoustic sensors, we are subject to governmental regulation and other legal obligations, particularly related to privacy, data
protection and information security, and our actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could harm our business. Compliance with such laws
could impair our efforts to maintain and expand our customer base, and thereby decrease our revenues. 

Failure to protect our intellectual property rights could adversely affect our business. 

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1. BUSINESS

Overview

PART I.

We provide precision-policing and security solutions for law enforcement and security personnel to help prevent and reduce gun violence and make cities, campuses
and facilities safer. Our flagship public safety solution, ShotSpotter Respond (formerly ShotSpotter Flex), is the leading outdoor gunshot detection, location and alerting system.
Our gunshot detection solutions are trusted by law enforcement agencies in over 110 cities as of December 31, 2020. Our patrol management software, ShotSpotter Connect
(formerly ShotSpotter Missions), uses artificial intelligence-driven analysis to help strategically plan directed patrols and have consistent use of tactics to deter a broad set of
crime types. Our security solutions, ShotSpotter SecureCampus, and ShotSpotter SiteSecure, are designed to help law enforcement and security personnel serving universities,
corporate  campuses,  big-box  retail,  malls  and  key  infrastructure  or  transportation  centers  mitigate  risk  and  enhance  security  by  notifying  authorities  of  a  potential  outdoor
gunfire incident, saving critical minutes for first responders to arrive. ShotSpotter CrimeCenter (which will be renamed ShotSpotter Investigate), adds case management to our
expanding suite of precision policing technology solutions and provides agencies with a cloud-based investigative digital case folder and analytical and collaboration tools to
improve case closure rates. In 2019, we created a new technology innovation unit, ShotSpotter Labs, to expand our efforts supporting innovative uses of our technology to help
protect wildlife and the environment.

We generate annual subscription revenues from the deployment of ShotSpotter Respond on a per-square-mile basis. Our security solutions, ShotSpotter SecureCampus
and ShotSpotter SiteSecure, are typically sold on a subscription basis, each with a customized deployment plan. Our ShotSpotter Connect solution is also sold on a subscription
basis. As of December 31, 2020, we had ShotSpotter Respond, ShotSpotter SecureCampus and ShotSpotter SiteSecure coverage areas under contract for over 810 square miles,
of which 779 square miles had gone live. Coverage areas under contract included over 110 cities and 12 campuses/sites across the United States, South Africa and the Bahamas,
including three of the ten largest cities in the United States. Most of our revenues are attributable to customers based in the United States.

Since our founding 25 years ago, ShotSpotter has been and continues to be a purpose-led company. We are a mission-driven organization that is focused on improving
public  safety  outcomes.  We  accomplish  this  by  earning  the  trust  of  law  enforcement  and  providing  them  solutions  to  help  them  better  engage  and  strengthen  the  police-
community relationships in fulfilling their sworn obligation equally to serve and protect all. Our inspiration comes from our principal founder, Dr.Bob Showen, who believes
that  the  highest  and  best  use  of  technology  is  to  promote  social  good.  We  are  committed  to  developing  comprehensive,  respectful  and  engaged  partnerships  with  law
enforcement agencies, elected officials and communities focused on making a positive difference in the world.

Industry Background: The Public Safety Gap

Local  police  departments  are  challenged  to  serve  and  protect  in  an  increasingly  transparent  fashion  without  unintentionally  over-policing  and  under  serving  their
communities. This mandate  must  be  met  while  facing  municipal  budget  pressures  and  community  activist  calls  to  defund  the  police  while  violent  crime  is  on  a  measurable
uptick and case closure rates are at all-time lows. There are three distinct problems associated with the public safety gap, which are discussed below.

The Violent Crime Problem

The  majority  of  urban  gunfire  goes  unreported. A  2016  report  published  by  The  Brookings  Institute  analyzing  data  collected  from  ShotSpotter  Respond  and  our
customers suggests that approximately 80% of the gunshots detected by our public safety solution are not reported to 911 by residents. Even in the instances when 911 calls are
made, the information reported by the caller is often incomplete or inaccurate as to the time and location of the gunshot. Furthermore, in many cases it is often difficult for the
caller  to  authenticate  the  incident  as  gunfire.  In  addition,  we  believe  that  in  communities  plagued  by  gun  violence,  there  is  often  a  lack  of  trust  between  the  community’s
residents and its police force, which can exacerbate the underreporting of gunfire and create a vicious cycle of underreporting, lack of response and increased mistrust due to
continued unaddressed gun violence in the

4

community.  When  gunfire  is  not  reported  or  is  reported  inaccurately,  law  enforcement  and  medical  personnel  cannot  address  injuries  nor  effectively  investigate  and  solve
related crimes or prevent future incidents.

The communities in which gun violence occurs suffer significant economic loss. A 2016 report by the Urban Institute, which studied the effect of gun violence in
Minneapolis, Minnesota, Oakland, California and Washington, D.C., noted that the perceived risk of gun violence imposed heavy social, psychological and monetary damages
in communities, including fewer jobs and lower economic vitality. The study concluded:

•

•

•

In Minneapolis, one fewer gun homicide in a given year was statistically associated with the creation of 80 jobs and an additional $9.4 million in sales across
all business establishments in the next year.

In Oakland, every additional gun homicide in a given year was statistically associated with five fewer job opportunities in contracting businesses in the next
year.

In Washington, D.C., every additional gun homicide in a given year was statistically associated with two fewer retail and service establishments the next year.

In addition, several studies have suggested that property values are inversely correlated with violent crime. For example, the Center for American Progress conducted a
study of changes in homicide incidents and housing prices in Boston, Seattle, Chicago, Philadelphia, and Milwaukee, and found that a reduction in a given year of one homicide
in a ZIP code caused a 1.5% increase in housing values in that same ZIP code the following year.

Gut-based Patrolling Problem

Agencies face a resource deficit and need more efficient ways to patrol and prevent crime. Most departments use old patrolling methods that are non data-driven, have
limited visibility to officer activity and no controls to reduce over-policing. We believe the category is ripe for AI-based automation for more efficient and effective patrolling
done in a way that better engages the community and reduces crime.

Low Case Closure/Victim Resolution Problem

According to a report published by Statista Research Group in 2019, homicide clearance rates in the United States averaged 61% in 2019. Too many suspects do not
face the consequences and are free to commit additional crimes while victims and their families suffer without closure. Police use a mix of manual, homegrown and limited
function RMS modules for case management. To solve cases, detectives must access multiple, siloed sources of data with limited automation tools for analytical support or
collaboration. We believe investigative case management can significantly benefit from greater automation to improve clearance rates and solves cases faster.

5

 
 
 
Our Vision

We see a world where data is converted into actionable intelligence thereby enabling police departments to implement modern 21st century policing practices. These
practices  can  help  police  be  more  efficient  directing  law  enforcement  interventions  toward  the  few  that  commit  crimes  and  more  effective  in  building  community  trust  and
engagement while co-producing public safety outcomes. We believe the ShotSpotter Precision Policing Suite of Solutions in can be a valuable set of tools in implementing 21st
century policing practices. Two of our components ShotSpotter Respond and ShotSpotter Connect are marketed currently and the third, ShotSpotter Investigate is expected to
be ready to bring to market near the end of 2021.

ShotSpotter Respond

ShotSpotter Respond, our acoustic gunshot detection technology that is offer a public safety solution, serves cities and municipalities seeking to identify, locate and
deter  persistent,  localized  gun  violence  by  incorporating  a  real-time  gunshot  detection  system  into  their  policing  systems.  ShotSpotter  Respond  is  used  by  local  police
departments and a version of ShotSpotter Respond, branded as SiteSecure and Secure Campus is used by security personnel it the protection of critical assets college, university
and commercial campuses.

Our gunshot detection solutions consist of highly-specialized, cloud-based software integrated with proprietary, internet-enabled sensors designed to detect outdoor
gunfire. The speed and accuracy of our gunfire alerts enable law enforcement and security personnel to consistently and quickly respond to shooting events including those
unreported through 911, which can increase the chances of apprehending the shooter, providing timely aid to victims, and identifying witnesses before they scatter, as well as
aid in evidentiary collection and serve as an overall deterrent. When a potential gunfire incident is detected by our sensors, our  system  precisely  locates  where  the  incident
occurred and applies machine classification combined with human review to analyze and validate the incident. An alert containing a location on a map and critical information
about the incident is sent directly to subscribing law enforcement or security personnel through any internet-connected computer and to iPhone or Android mobile devices.

Our  software  sends  validated  gunfire  data  along  with  the  audio  of  the  triggering  sound  to  our  Incident  Review  Center  (“IRC”),  where  our  trained  incident  review
specialists are on duty 24 hours a day, seven days a week, 365 days a year to screen and confirm actual gunfire incidents. Our trained incident review specialists can supplement
alerts  with  additional  tactical  information,  such  as  the  potential  presence  of  multiple  shooters  or  the  use  of  high-capacity  weapons.  Gunshot  incidents  reviewed  by  our  IRC
result in alerts typically sent within approximately 45 seconds of the report of the gunfire incident.

6

 
 
Specialized Gunshot Detection Software

The heart of our gunshot detection solutions is our sophisticated and specialized software. Our software analyzes audio signals for potential gunshots detected by our
intelligent sensors. Our sensor filters out ambient background noise, such as traffic or wind, and looks for impulsive sounds characteristic of gunfire. If the sensor detects such
an impulse, it extracts pulse features of the soundwave, such as sharpness, strength, duration, rise time and decay time. Then, the sensor sends these features to our cloud servers
as part of a data packet that includes the location coordinates of the reporting sensor and the precise time of arrival and angle of arrival of the sound.  

When the data reaches our cloud servers, our software assesses whether three or more of our outdoor sensors detected the same sound impulse and, if so, finds the
location coordinates of the sound source based on the time of arrival and the angle of arrival of the sound using the technique of multilateration. The accuracy of the coordinates
derived from our proprietary software is significantly improved when more than three sensors participate, as is typically the case. We deploy our sensor arrays such that, on
average, six to eight sensors participate in the detection of a gunshot.  

After the software determines the location of the sound source, our machine classifier algorithms analyze the pulse features to determine if the sound is likely to be
gunfire.  Our  algorithms  consider  pulse  features,  the  distance  from  the  sound  source,  pattern  matching  and  other  heuristic  methods  to  evaluate  and  classify  the  sound.  The
machine classifier algorithm is periodically trained and validated against our large database of known gunfire and other community sounds that are impulsive in nature. We
continue  to  add  new  data  to  our  machine  learning  database  from  the  incidents  reviewed  by  our  incident  review  specialists  in  our  IRC  process.  Classification  continuously
improves as the machine classifiers are re-trained using the expanded data set.  

Once an incident is classified as likely gunfire, it is sent to the incident review specialists in our IRCfor additional analysis and confirmation. Along with confirming
an  incident  is  gunfire,  our  incident  review  specialists  also  annotate  the  alerts  with  additional  information  that  may  be  helpful  to  first  responders,  such  as  whether  there  are
multiple shooters or if a high-capacity or fully automatic weapon is being used. Incident notifications are sent when the incident is confirmed as gunfire by one of our incident
review  specialists. Alerts  are  delivered  using  push  notifications  to  our  mobile,  desktop  or  browser  applications,  email,  or  SMS  text  messages.  The  time  from  a  report  of  an
outdoor trigger-pull to a notification being sent to our customers is typically 45 seconds or less.

7

 
 
Intelligent and Ruggedized Sensors  

Our rugged gunshot detection sensor is an intelligent, internet-enabled device that is specially built to ignore ambient noise and respond to impulsive sounds, accurately
time-stamping their arrival times. Advanced digital signal processing algorithms filter out background sounds such as traffic, and extract pulse features from the audio signal
that, along with the time and angle of arrival of the sound, are sent to our servers where algorithms compute the location of the sound source.  

The sensors do not have the ability to live stream audio. Sounds captured by the secure sensors are cached and permanently deleted within 30 hours. When a sensor is
triggered  by  an  impulsive  sound,  the  “incident”  that  is  created  includes  a  recording  including  no  more  than  one  second  before  the  incident  and  one  second  after  the
incident. This audio snippet is preserved indefinitely for potential evidentiary use.

Our sensors are designed and tested against international standards for installation in unprotected outdoor environments. Special consideration is given to minimize the
sound  of  wind,  rain  and  hail,  which  could  otherwise  limit  the  range  of  detection  and  produce  false  results.  Environmental  condition  tests  performed  on  the  sensors  include
temperature cycling, temperature soak, shock, vibration, salt fog and moisture ingress protection.  

We typically design and deploy arrays of 20 to 25 sensors per square mile taking into consideration the unique acoustic environment in which we are deploying. The
cumulative experience of deploying in various cities with different acoustic properties has provided a distinct advantage in tailoring our sensor arrays to perform at high levels.
We have full telemetry to each sensor that provides detailed data to our system to monitor each sensor’s health and availability. Sensor firmware is maintained with over-the-air
updates. Because we design our networks with a certain amount of redundancy to ensure durability, our sensor arrays, multiple sensors can be offline at any given time without
affecting the overall performance of the system.  

Incident Review Center- Classification  

Our IRC operates 24hours a day, seven days a week, 365days a year. When a loud impulsive sound triggers enough of our outdoor sensors that an incident is detected

and located, audio from the incident is sent to our IRC via secure, high-speed network connections for real-time confirmation. Within seconds of an incident, one of our incident
review specialists analyzes audio data and recordings of the potential gunfire. When gunfire is confirmed, our IRC team sends an alert directly to emergency dispatch centers
and field personnel through any computer or mobile device with access to the Internet. This process typically takes less than 45 seconds from the report of the gunfire incident.
Alerts include:  

•

•

•

•

the precise location of gunfire, including both latitude/longitude and nearest street address;  

the number and exact time of shots fired;  

if detectable, the involvement of multiple shooters; and 

if detectable, the use of fully automatic or high-capacity weapons.  

Our  IRC  operates  primarily  out  of  our  principal  facilities  in  Newark,  California  and  Washington,  DC  and  receives  audio  from  incidents  detected  by  our  outdoor
sensors regardless of where such incidents occur. Although our IRC normally operates from our offices, our trained personnel can perform IRC functions from any location that
has a high-speed internet connection. In response to the 2020 COVID-19 pandemic, IRC personnel have performed their job function entirely from home. 

8

 
 
 
 
Gunshot Detection Alerts  

Our alerts are delivered in the following forms: 

Real-Time Alerts

Our  IRC  sends  real-time  notifications  of  outdoor  gunfire  incidents  to  the  ShotSpotter  Dispatch  application,  which  is  specifically  designed  for  emergency

communications centers, dispatch centers, and other public safety answering points.  

The ShotSpotter Respond alert received by the ShotSpotter Dispatch application includes a unique identification number (Respond ID number), a precise time and date
of the gunfire (trigger time), nearest street address of the gunfire, number of shots and police district and beat identification. One of our incident review specialists may add
other contextual information related to the incident such as the possibility of multiple shooters, high-capacity or fully automatic weapons.

The 911 dispatcher may add their own notes relating to the incident in which case the notes are time- and date-stamped and indicate the operator’s identification. A
comprehensive audit trail of all changes to the incident is maintained that includes the time the alert was received and acknowledged by the dispatcher. These data may be used
to measure KPIs by dispatch personnel.  

ShotSpotter Respond

We also offer  a  robust  Respond  application  for  use  by  patrol  officers  and  security  personnel  that  is  available  on  iPhone  or Android  mobile  devices  and  computers
installed in patrol vehicles. This application allows field personnel to directly receive alerts of outdoor gunshots and related critical information. The alert includes a unique
identification number (Respond ID number), a precise time and date of the gunfire (trigger time), nearest street address to the location of the gunfire, number of shots and police
district and beat identification. One of our incident review specialists may add other contextual information related to the incident such as the possibility of multiple shooters,
high-capacity or fully automatic weapons. In addition, the dispatcher may add their own notes. The alert also includes an audio snippet of the incident. 

Mobile Device Support-Apple iOS and Android-phones/tablets and watches

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Related Applications and Services

ShotSpotter Insight

All historical incident data in our database can be viewed, searched, sorted, and filtered using our ShotSpotter Insight application newly developed and introduced to
customers during 2020. The Insight application can create an investigative lead summary report that focuses the specifics of a single incident or a multiple incident report that
lists groups of incidents. Complex filters may be defined using multiple search criteria and the filters named and saved for recurring use. Incident data may be exported for use
in third-party applications such as Excel, currently the tool of choice for police department crime analysts.  

Integration Services

We believe that integrating our solutions with other tools and technologies enhances the value of our solutions to our customers. For example, our solutions can be
used in connection with computer-aided  dispatch  systems,  video  surveillance  cameras,  National  Integrated  Ballistic  Information  Network  (“NIBIN”),  and  automated  license
plate readers used by law enforcement to improve the effectiveness of police response and investigation efforts. We continue to evaluate new technologies that may integrate
with our solutions to generate additional value for our customers. 

Detailed Forensic Reports and Certified Expert Witness Services  

As part of our solution, we offer Detailed Forensic Reports (“DFRs”). These provide law enforcement personnel and prosecutors with comprehensive, court-admissible
analysis  of  a  shooting  incident,  including  the  gunfire  audio.  We  also  offer  expert  witness  testimony  to  introduce  the  forensic  analysis  of  the  DFRs  at  trial  and  to  provide
technical expertise regarding our technology. Our forensic evidence has been admitted in over 100 criminal prosecutions throughout the United States.Our technology and the
forensic results achieved from it have been found to be admissible in numerous states, adhering to either the Frye or Daubert expert testimony standard, including Minnesota,
Nebraska, Pennsylvania, California, Missouri, New York, Colorado, Indiana, and New Jersey. 

10

 
 
ShotSpotter Respond Results and Benefits

•

•

•

•

Expedited Response to Gunfire. In 2020, we issued over 230,000 gunshot alerts to our customers. In areas where gun violence is persistent, we believe most
gunshots are not otherwise reported. Even when calls are made, many callers are unable to provide a location of the gunshot or other relevant details. Human
response time to unfolding violence often delays calls for several minutes in circumstances  where  response  time  can  be  critical.  By  contrast,  our  solutions
typically alert emergency dispatch centers and field personnel within 45 seconds of the report of the gunfire incident and provide an exact location, enabling
them to respond faster and to a specific location. The ability to respond more quickly increases the chances of apprehending the shooter and assisting victims
of violence, in addition to aiding in evidence collection.  

Prevention and Deterrence of Gun Violence. We believe increasing the speed and accuracy of law enforcement responses to gunfire can act as a long-term
deterrent that can decrease the overall prevalence of gunfire. We also believe that knowledge of the existence of our solutions may have a deterrent effect on
localized  gun  violence.  When  elected  officials  and  law  enforcement  have  an  enhanced  awareness  of  gun  violence  activity  and  patterns,  they  have  tools  to
facilitate  a  rapid  and  accurate  response  to  gunfire  incidents  and  improve  relations  between  law  enforcement  and  these  communities,  potentially  increasing
crime reporting and community cooperation with investigations, which can result in improved public safety.  

Improved Community Relations and Collaboration. We believe that persistent gun violence limits the ability of police and other community leaders to serve
their  constituents  and  improve  their  communities.  Many  cities  struggle  to  establish  and  foster  a  cooperative  and  trusting  relationship  between  their  police
department  and  the  communities  they  serve.  Our  public  safety  solution  provides  cities  with  the  ability  to  react  quickly  to  gun  violence,  thus  providing  the
ability to improve their responses and residents’ perception of their responses. This provides our customers with the opportunity to foster improved community
relations and collaboration with their residents.  

Improved Police Officer Safety. We believe that our solutions provide additional and valuable information regarding gunshot incidents as the alerts we provide
give additional insight and situational awareness, including round count, potential multiple shooters and potential use of an automatic weapon, that allow the
responders to be better prepared to respond appropriately. 

The below graphic demonstrates positive impact results observed at a few of our customers.

1
2
3
4

Omaha PD statistics from NE district where ShotSpotter is deployed (2011-2019)
Pittsburgh.org City Crime Rates Drop Again. January 30, 2020
NBC WITN. January 22, 2020
ShotSpotter found to reduce gun violence in 2020. Fox 4. February 26, 2021

11

 
 
 
 
 
ShotSpotter Connect

The defund the police movement and associated social unrest issues have contributed to a decline in the perception of the policing profession. This has challenged
agencies more than ever with maintaining a functional level of staffing due to early retirements and a more limited ability to recruit new officers. ShotSpotter Connect helps
address this new reality by helping agencies make their largest cost center – patrol – more efficient and effective in reducing crime and better engaging with the community.

There are several formal methods by which police have traditionally directed their resources:

•

•

•

Predictive Policing. A police strategy that uses historical data of crime events and/or offenders to predict where future crimes may occur.

Hot Spot Analysis. Using clusters of past crimes to determine what areas police should patrol.  

“Gut-Based” Patrols. A scenario where officers rely on personal intuition and prior experience to decide which areas to patrol to reduce crime occurrence.

While  well  intended,  these  options  are  often  cited  as  having  flaws  that  do  not  take  into  account  the  potential  harm  to  the  community.  The  limitations  of  these
traditional methods include: risk assessments being subject to enforcement bias, lack of controls to limit over-policing, no guidance on tactics when officers arrive in patrol
areas, limited reporting on officer activity, and limited ability to provide community transparency. The end result may leave citizens feeling over-policed and discriminated
against, and not actually maximize the crime deterrent effect.  

ShotSpotter Connect is a patrol management solution designed to put the community first, and the first to be built with civil liberty protections in mind to address these
issues. It uses information that is less susceptible to most current crime data sources that might introduce enforcement bias. ShotSpotter Connect also gives police a new, lower-
touch  approach  to  patrolling.  ShotSpotter  Connect  allocates  patrol  resources  in  a  more  efficient  manner  to  prevent  crime  while  using  a  unique  approach  that  is  designed  to
reduce bias, reduce over-policing, focus on identifying and addressing community issues, and promote community engagement.

ShotSpotter Connect - directed patrol areas and initiation of patrol sessions with tactics and timer

ShotSpotter Connect uses AI-driven analysis to direct officers to patrol a location within their beat that is predictive to have the highest risk for crime during their shift.
A timer guides officers to patrol this area for a short period of time, often 15 minutes, to create a deterrent effect that can last for hours. ShotSpotter Connect collects time, place,
and tactic data from all directed patrol sessions which can be analyzed to determine the impact on crime as well as provide a level of oversight that can be used to optimize
future assignments, policies, and strategies.  

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The system combines carefully selected historical crime data that is less susceptible to enforcement bias ingested through agency computer-aided dispatch (“CAD”)
and record management system (“RMS”) feeds along with objective temporal, location and event-based inputs including ShotSpotter data for cities that use our ShotSpotter
Respond solution, to create crime risk assessments. The system ingests multiple years’ worth of agency data and is “trained” using machine learning to determine correlations
across variables. The models are then tested against recent crime data to calibrate forecast accuracy. We believe these light-touch, non-enforcement tactics help agencies interact
with the community in a more standardized, positive and respectful manner.

Results and Benefits:

•
•
•
•

Directed patrol planning to maximize crime prevention
Non-enforcement tactics guidance by crime type
Reports on officer activity for impact and accountability
Better community engagement. 

Impact of ShotSpotter Connect on Crime

Source: early version of ShotSpotter Connect in side-by-side test - Greensboro, NC 2015

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ShotSpotter Investigate

We  acquired  the  CrimeCenter  investigative  case  management  solution  in  November  2020.  We  are  rebranding  the  interface  and  creating  the  ability  to  use  gunfire

incident data from ShotSpotter Respond to populate cases automatically and plan to launch the solution as ShotSpotter Investigate in the second half of 2021.

The average homicide clearance rate for last five years is 61% nationally. This means that in 39% of cases the suspect is not held accountable and is free to commit
another crime while victims’ families don’t get closure. A low clearance rate is a self-perpetuating problem for a law enforcement agency. The problem starts when Detectives
can’t quickly close cases and clear up their case load, while they continue to catch new ones. Soon they are overloaded with cases and as they attempt to juggle a high caseload
they get spread too thin and then leads start to slip through the cracks and the opportunity to solve the case diminishes. Longer term this can create a moral problem within the
investigative  arm  of  the  agency  and  they  are  exposed  to  losing  experienced  detectives.  This  exacerbates  the  low  clearance  rates  meaning  victims  are  denied  justice  and  the
mistrust of law enforcement increases.

The most common tools that departments use to manage, track and solve cases range from purely manual to homegrown to limited function RMS modules or a mix of
these.  These  approaches  lack  robust  collaboration  features,  have  poor  data  security  features  and  the  inability  for  supervisors  to  track  case  progress.  We  believe  there  is  an
opportunity bring a complete digital case management solution to the market to help improve clearance rates of all crime types and accelerate solvability under the ShotSpotter
brand and sell to both our installed base and new customers.  

ShotSpotter Investigate provides a complete case management solution for detectives and supervisors in local, state and federal law enforcement agencies. It has been

used by the New York Police Department for years at scale by thousands of officers. The solution provides:

•

•

Complete  Digital  Case  Management. ShotSpotter  Investigate  addresses  the  challenges  investigators  and  supervisors  face  in  conducting  and  documenting
investigations. It enables police to have all case-related data in one place in a digital and structured format so that it is quickly searchable and able to be used to
drive analysis and reporting. We believe law enforcement agencies can use this tool to be more efficient and effective at solving crimes and close more cases
to provide resolution for victims and keep offenders from committing additional crimes.

Analytical  and  Collaboration  Tools. The  ability  to  have  the  system  automatically  show  linkages  between  people,  property,  and  places  can  identify
connections more quickly and help solve case faster. Collaboration tools make investigators aware when new relevant evidence is submitted for the same or
unrelated cases, and able to more easily communicate on a case across a police department or other city agency such as the district attorney’s office.

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
•

Supervisor Reporting. Supervisor dashboards and reports ensure they have visibility into the status of every case and are aware of roadblocks so they know
when to get involved and can more easily provide updates to command staff.

How ShotSpotter Investigate Works

Our Markets

We believe there is significant demand for advanced gunfire detection and location notification solutions that accurately and quickly report instances of gunfire, based

on two primary use cases:

•

•

law enforcement— for domestic and international law enforcement serving communities plagued by persistent, localized gun violence, in order to identify,
locate and deter gun violence; and

security— for security personnel (which may include law enforcement personnel) serving universities, corporate campuses, key infrastructure, transportation
centers and other areas in which authorities desire to prepare for and mitigate risks related to an active-shooter event, and desire to provide a zone of detection
coverage surrounding the respective campus or secured area.

Based on data from the 2018 FBI Uniform Crime Report, we estimate that the domestic market for our public safety solution consists of the approximately 1,400 cities
that had four or more homicides per 100,000 residents in 2015. The Uniform Crime Report includes information reported directly to the FBI on a voluntary basis by 18,000 city,
university and college, county, state, tribal and federal law enforcement agencies. We believe that four or more homicides per 100,000 residents represents a significant gun
violence problem. We estimate that a customer in this market could invest an average of approximately $400,000 per year for ShotSpotter Respond. In 2020, we also started
focusing  on  smaller  cities  that  may  not  be  included  in  the  1,400  cities  list  and  expects  this  could  add  another  several  hundred  potential  customers.  These  customers,  being
smaller cities, could invest on average of approximately $50,000 to $100,000 per year for ShotSpotter Respond.

Outside of the United States, we estimate that the market for ShotSpotter Respond includes approximately 200 cities in the European Union, Central America, the
Caribbean, South America and southern Africa that have at least 500,000 residents. We estimate that a customer in this market could invest an average of approximately $1.0
million per year for our public safety solution. We estimate the average investment amounts for prospective customers based on our experience with existing customers, our
anticipated demand for our solutions and the corresponding coverage areas that we expect prospective customers would elect to cover with our solutions. Based on data made
available by

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the National Center for Education Statistics and the Federal Aviation Administration, we believe that the domestic market for our security solutions includes approximately
5,000  college  campuses  and  airports.  We  estimate  that,  on  average,  a  customer  in  this  market  could  invest  approximately  $50,000-$75,000  per  year  for  one  of  our  security
solutions. In addition, we believe that there exists a broader market for our security solutions that include, primarily the outdoor areas of college campuses and airports outside
of the United States as well as large corporate campuses, train stations and other highly-trafficked areas worldwide. Starting in 2021, we expect to focus more on commercial
opportunities, initially targeting certain major companies and their associated locations, such as their corporate offices and potentially even parking areas for major “big-box”
retailers.  Investments  by  customer  in  this  market  for  our  security  solutions  are  still  being  evaluated  but  could  be  similar  or  even  greater  than  those  made  by  our  larger  city
customers.

We believe there is demand for ShotSpotter Connect both within our existing ShotSpotter Respond customer base and within a broader set of police departments that
are  not  ShotSpotter  customers  today.  We  estimate  that  the  market  for  our  ShotSpotter  Connect  solution  includes  approximately  2,500  cities,  based  on  cities  that  have  a
population  above  25,000  people.  We  expect  that,  on  average,  a  customer  could  invest  approximately  $50,000-$100,000  per  year  for  our  ShotSpotter  Connect  solution.  We
expect that ShotSpotter Connect may also be needed by thousands of potential international customers as well, who could invest over $100,000 per year for the solution.

We also believe there is demand for a robust tool that would empower law enforcement agencies to solve more crime and close more cases. Every law enforcement
agency has the duty and mandate to document and investigate alleged crimes in order to hold perpetrators accountable and provide resolution for victims. Unfortunately, the
options  to  do  this  in  a  digitized  and  automated  way  are  generally  lacking.  We  believe  ShotSpotter  Investigate  will  offer  the  most  complete  investigative  case  management
solution on the market that has been proven to be effective with one of the leading law enforcement agencies in the country. We estimate the market for our solution consists of
over nearly 3,000 local, state and federal agencies in the United States and potentially thousands internationally. We expect that, on average, United States customers could
invest approximately $100,000 per year for our ShotSpotter Investigate solution and international customers could invest approximately $500,000 per year.

Our Growth Strategy  

We intend to drive growth in our business by continuing to build on our position and brand as the leading provider of outdoor gunshot detection, location and alerting
solutions. We also plan to leverage our large and growing installed base of customers with high net promoter attributes that consider ShotSpotter a trusted partner, to grow
adoption of our newer products ShotSpotter Connect and ShotSpotter Investigate not only within the installed base, but outside of it. Key elements of our strategy include:  

•

•

•

Accelerate Our Acquisition of Public Safety Customers. We believe that we continue to be in the early stages of penetrating the markets for our public safety
solutions. We serve law enforcement agencies in three of the ten largest U.S. cities as ShotSpotter Respond customers. Over the last few years we expanded our
direct sales force and customer success teams and added marketing lead-generation capabilities to accelerate growth in this market. Moreover, as we add new
public safety customers, publicity and the number of potential references for our solutions increase, which results in our brand and our solutions becoming more
well known. We intend to capitalize on this momentum to grow sales.

Expand  ShotSpotter  Respond  Revenue  within  Our  Existing  Customer  Base. As  customers  realize  the  benefits  of  our  solutions,  we  believe  that  we  have  a
significant opportunity to increase the lifetime value of our customer relationships by expanding coverage within their communities through a “land and expand”
strategy. For example, of our ShotSpotter Respond customers, approximately 36% have expanded their coverage areas from their original deployment areas by
an average of ten square miles as of December 31, 2020. Our overall revenue retention rate has been over 100% for each of 2020, 2019 and 2018. 

Expand  Our  International  Footprint. With only two currently deployed ShotSpotter Respond customers outside of the United States in South Africa and the
Bahamas, we believe that we have a significant opportunity to expand internationally. We estimate that the market outside the United States for our public safety
solutions includes approximately 200 cities in the European Union, Central America, the Caribbean,

16

 
 
 
South America and southern Africa that have at least 500,000 residents. In addition, we believe that there is a market for our security, ShotSpotter Connect and
ShotSpotter Investigate outside the United States. We intend to increase our investment in our international product, sales and marketing efforts to penetrate new
geographies over the coming years.

•

•

•

Drive  Additional  Revenue  per  Customer  with  the  Development  or  Acquisition  of  New  Products  and  Services.  We  are  transforming  the  company  from  a
domestic acoustic gunshot detection company to a global precision policing technology solutions company. We evaluate opportunities to develop or acquire
complementary products and services. For example, our acquisition of HunchLab, renamed ShotSpotter Connect, in 2018 provides an opportunity to increase
our  revenue  per  customer  with  a  related  and  value-added  technology  that  helps  deter  crime  through  strategically  planned  patrols.  Our  2020  acquisition  of
LEEDS provides entry into a comprehensive investigative case management solution. Our current approach is to leverage trusted relationships with current
customers to drive initial adoption and increase revenue and lifetime value per customer. 

Maintain Passionate Focus on Customer Success. Given the specialized nature of our market, a key component of our strategy is to maintain our passionate
focus on customer success and satisfaction. We pride ourselves on our execution of customer on-boarding as well as ongoing consulting and customer support,
all of which are critical to ensure not only high customer retention rates, but new customer acquisitions. We implement our customer success initiative early in
the sales process in order to ensure that we are aligned with the customer’s objectives and can positively impact their defined outcomes. We apply consultative
best  practices  and  policy  development  at  the  command  staff  level  as  well  as  tactical  training  for  field  patrol  officers.  We  also  consistently  measure  our
performance with customers through an annual Net Promoter Survey. We have extremely high agency participation rates and our scores the last two years
have ranked between “excellent” and “world class” according to our Survey partner benchmarks. All of our efforts are focused on driving positive measurable
outcomes on gun violence reduction and prevention, which we know leads to positive word of mouth referrals that can attract new customers and drive an
increase in sales.  

Grow  Our  Security  Business. We have developed our ShotSpotter SecureCampus solution for universities and other educational institutions. We have also
developed ShotSpotter SiteSecure for customers such as corporations trying to safeguard their employees, customers, brand and profits, and public agencies
focused on protecting citizens in venues such as train stations, airports and highways. As of December 31, 2020, we had 12 ShotSpotter SecureCampus and
ShotSpotter  SiteSecure  customers.  With  more  than  5,000  target  customers  in  the  United  States,  we  believe  that  these  markets  represent  an  opportunity  for
growth and we are increasing our investment and focus in this area.  

ShotSpotter Labs

ShotSpotter Labs houses our advanced technology efforts to adapt and extend our commercial technology to address significant wildlife and environmental issues. Our
current  focus  is  on  combating  rhino  poaching  in  Kruger  National  Park,  South Africa  and  blast  fishing  that  threatens  coral  reefs  and  food  security  in  Southeast Asia.  The
company has been able to collect revenues from philanthropic entities to cover direct and indirect costs. Innovations have made their way back into our commercial business
such as the development of solar-powered sensor from the Kruger deployment, presenting that technologies similar to those now being used for our freeway deployment.

The use of guns to poach rhinos is a significant environmental concern in Africa where the horn of a single rhino can be worth hundreds of thousands of dollars. In the
vast expanse of Kruger National Park, most poaching incidents go undetected with carcasses found days or weeks after the fact. The problem is particularly acute in that due to
cumulative impact of years of poaching the Rhino population is on the tipping point of becoming extinct as a species. ShotSpotter Labs is deployed in 100 square kilometers of
inside the Intensified Protection Zone (IPZ) where 60% if the world's remaining Rhino live.

Since the introduction of ShotSpotter to detect, locate and alert park rangers to gunfire incidents in less than 60 seconds with precise location accuracy there have been

multiple poacher apprehensions of some of the more

17

 
 
 
 
 
prolific and notorious poaching syndicates within the coverage area. The ShotSpotter impact has been measurable with a 58% reduction in the rhino killed due to an estimated
50%+ interception rate within the ShotSpotter coverage area.

“ShotSpotter has allowed us to take back the night,” said Ken Maggs, Head Ranger of the Kruger National Park. “We now have an interception rate well above 50%

within the coverage area, which means the poachers are literally flipping a coin when they come in.”

Fish  blasting  results  in  the  destruction  the  coral  reef  habitat  that  may  not  recover  for  many  decades  if  at  all.  Coral  reefs  are  not  only  home  to  a  myriad  of  marine
organisms including fish but also provide significant livelihood support and form an invaluable protective barrier offshore (protecting the land from heavy storms, tsunamis, and
wave action).

The potential decline in fish catch which is the protein source for approximately 1 billion coastal residents is a strategic food security issue. In addition, Coral reefs
form the basis of coastal and marine tourism, a valuable national income sector. It is estimated that, Coral reefs around the globe provide services valued between US $172-375
billion annually. Reefs must be protected for economic sustainability and food security. Our work in the Coral Triangle also known as the Amazon Forest of the Ocean has
shown  some  promising  results.  The  precise  detection  and  alerting  of  incidents  of  fish  blasting  provides  a  real  time  awareness  to  the  extent  of  fish  blasting  and  helps  target
enforcement interventions designed to deter and prevent fish blasting activities.

Customers- Revenue Model

We generate annual subscription revenues from the deployment of our public safety and security solutions on a per-square-mile basis. As of December 31, 2020, we
had coverage areas under contract of over 800 square miles in the aggregate, of which 779 miles have gone live, which included 117 cities and 12 campuses and other sites
across  the  United  States,  South Africa  and  the  Bahamas,  including  three  of  the  ten  largest  cities  in  the  United  States.  Since  transitioning  our  public  safety  business  to  the
ShotSpotter Respond subscription model in 2011, we have added over 80 new ShotSpotter Respond customers, but only thirteen such customers have terminated service, two of
which were terminated due to hurricane damage in 2017, and both Puerto Rico and US Virgin Islands have returned as customers before the end of 2020. For the year ended
December 31, 2020, our two largest customers, City of Chicago and City of New York accounted for 18% and 15% of our revenues, respectively. For the year ended December
31, 2019, our two largest customers, City of Chicago and City of New York accounted for 20% and 14% of our revenues, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2018,
our two largest customers, City of Chicago and City of New York accounted for 22% and 15% of our revenues, respectively.

Go-To-Market

We  sell  our  solutions  through  our  direct  sales  teams.  Our  sales  teams  focus  on  both  new  customer  acquisition,  customer  renewal,  add-on  sales,  and  coverage
expansion. Our sales team identifies communities with the opportunity to benefit from our solutions, communicates with key stakeholders, navigates the challenges associated
with  our  customers’  complex  funding  and  procurement  cycles,  and  establishes  a  foundation  for  a  successful  customer  relationship.  In  addition,  our  sales  team  works  with
customers to identify and procure funds from alternate sources, including state and federal government grants. Our security solutions sales team focuses primarily on college and
university campuses, typically with the head of campus security, but also by engaging with boards of regents, budget office personnel and other campus stakeholders, and more
recently corporate campuses, national retailers, stadiums, arenas and venues supporting large groups of employees and/or patrons. We intend to continue to invest in building a
global sales organization as we further penetrate the market for ShotSpotter Respond and expand the customer base for our security solutions.

Marketing

The company continues to expand the scope and capability of the marketing function. The top marketing initiatives include: targeted lead-generation campaigns to

build sales pipeline; creation of compelling content to

18

educate  prospects  and  build  credibility  as  police  agencies  go  through  the  buyers’  journey;  and  an  active  public  relations  program  to  increase  the  overall  awareness  of  our
products.

In 2019, we launched a lead-generation initiative to drive additional pipeline for the sales team consisting of a marketing automation technology platform, a series of
online campaigns and an outbound calling team of sales development representatives (SDRs). The campaigns educate prospects and generate initial interest based on compelling
content. The SDR team supports the campaigns with outbound calls to drive further interest and qualify leads. Conversions from marketing leads to sales qualified opportunities
has increased significantly as the team has gained more experienced and tested various approaches. The team adapted and found greater efficiencies using direct online and
offline approaches including customized content, A/B testing and company-created virtual events.

In 2020, the marketing team leveraged our extremely satisfied and loyal customer base to create a significant set of new “success stories” that show proof of value to
prospects. We expanded the number and type of videos and online assets and consolidated their presence in a Resource Center to make the information easier to find and share.
We continue to expand the breadth and depth of our content library for the economic buyer and influencers.

In  the  area  of  public  relations,  we  work  closely  with  many  of  our  customers  to  help  them  communicate  the  success  of  ShotSpotter  to  their  local  media  and
communities.  We  have  an  expanding  set  of  media  contacts  and  social  media  presence  and  continue  to  put  out  a  significant  number  of  press  releases  each  year.  We  are
increasingly asked to give interviews and participate in podcasts and events as a thought leader in the industry. Due to the high visibility of shootings, the media’s interest in
covering them, and ShotSpotter’s key role in alerting police for a quick response to these events, we benefit from significant television, print and online press that is generated at
little to no cost. In 2020, we were mentioned in over 12,000 articles, broadcast TV and radio segments - the majority of which were organically generated. Members of the
media  have  access  to  a  self-serve,  comprehensive  media  kit  to  easily  capture  video  and  photos  that  depict  the  service  and  its  benefits  in  a  compelling  fashion  to  enhance
broadcast TV segments and print/online articles. This exposure creates awareness for our solutions and lends credibility to our market leadership position.

Research and Development

We focus our research and development efforts on enhancing our advanced signal processing and classification algorithms, updating our sensor hardware technology,
reducing  manufacturing  costs,  developing  mobile,  web  and  desktop  applications,  evolving  our  cloud-deployed  back-end  infrastructure  and  integration  with  “smart  cities”
initiatives. ShotSpotter Connect crime forecasting uses machine learning and has led to additional investment in data science resources. As of December 31, 2020, we had 20
employees  in  our  research  and  development  organization.  In  addition,  we  engage  in  research  and  development  activities  with  manufacturing  partners  and  outsource  certain
activities  to  engineering  firms  to  further  supplement  our  internal  team.  Our  research  and  development  team  is  increasingly  focused  on  exploring  the  use  of  our  data  sets  to
conduct cognitive analysis and AI integration.

Competition

The  markets  for  public  safety  and  security  solutions  are  highly  fragmented  and  evolving.  Whether  installed  in  local  communities,  on  critical  infrastructure  or  on  a
campus, for a gunfire detection system to be effective, the protection zone must be comprehensive. We believe our gunshot detection solutions represent the most effective
public safety and security solutions on the market.

We compete on the basis of a number of factors, including:

•

•

•

product functionality, including the ability to cover broad outdoor geographic spaces;

solution performance, including the rapid capture of multiple acoustic incidents and accuracy;

ease of implementation, use and maintenance;

19

 
 
 
•

•

total cost of ownership; and

customer support and customer success initiatives.

ShotSpotter SiteSecure and ShotSpotter Secure Campus Competitors

ShotSpotter Respond is unique because it provides scalable wide area gunshot detection over large and geographically diverse areas, provides immediate and precise
data on gunfire, helps communities define the scope of illegal gunfire, and provides cities with detailed forensic data for investigation, prosecution and analysis. While we are
not aware of any direct competitors offering wide-area solutions comparable to ShotSpotter Respond, we believe the primary competitors in the broader gunfire detection space
are V5 Systems, Safety Dynamics, Inc., Wi-Fiber, Inc., Databouy, EAGL Technology and Alarm.com.

Most of these other outdoor solutions on the market offer limited scope point protection, proximity sensors, or “counter-sniper systems.” These systems are designed
primarily for covering small areas, or for defined military or SWAT team applications, where the target is known in advance and it is possible to put a sensor directionally
toward the target. However, urban areas and critical infrastructure require a wider system of protection that can cover a large area.

We also compete with other possible uses of the limited funding available to our ShotSpotter Respond customers. Because law enforcement agencies or government
entities have limited funds, they may have to choose among resources or solutions that help them to meet their overall mission such as video management systems, and other
security solutions. Accordingly, we compete not only with our customers’ internal budget decisions, but with other companies vying for these limited funds. We believe that in
areas with significant levels of gun activity, ShotSpotter Respond is uniquely positioned to assist customers in interrupting, detecting and preventing gun violence.

ShotSpotter SiteSecure and ShotSpotter Secure Campus Competitors

Our  security  solutions  operate  in  a  highly  competitive  environment.  In  addition  to  other  gunfire  detection  companies,  we  may  face  competition  from  companies
offering  alternative  security  technologies,  such  as  video  surveillance,  access  control,  alarm  and  lighting  systems.  The  direct  competitors  for  security  solutions  include  the
Alarm.com, Safety Dynamics Inc., V5 Systems, EAGL, Wi-fiber, and AmberBox, Inc. We believe none of our security solutions competitors is able to offer the comprehensive
outdoor coverage we offer.

ShotSpotter Connect Competitors

ShotSpotter Connect operates in a developing and potentially competitive environment. The direct competitors to our Connect solution include Geolitica, Inc. and may
include CAD/RMS providers and other third-party solutions providers, such as CentralSquare Technologies, Mark 43, Genetec, Inc., and Motorola Solutions, Inc. In addition,
we may face competition from companies offering alternative solutions as well as solutions developed internally by our customers.

Case Management Solution Competitors

There are many competitors in the market for investigative case management. The direct competitors include companies offering a case management module as part of
their RMS such as Mark43, Tyler, and Soma Global. There are several purpose-built case management solutions such as Kaseware and CaseClosed. Also, many agencies use
manual  or  homegrown  methods.  We  believe  that  our  solution  will  be  superior  in  terms  of  comprehensiveness  of  functionality,  analytical  and  collaboration  tools,  workflow
process and proven effectiveness at scale. We also believe the market suffers from a lack of awareness and understanding of what is available from vendors for this type of
solution and that our brand and feature-rich application has the potential to capture a sizeable piece of the market over time.

20

 
 
Intellectual Property

Our future success and competitive position depend in part on our ability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technologies. To safeguard these rights, we

rely on a combination of patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws, and contractual protections in the United States and other jurisdictions.

As of December 31, 2020, we had 34 issued patents, 32 in the United States, one in Israel and one in Mexico, as well as patent applications pending for examination in

the United States, Europe and Brazil.

The issued patents expire on various dates from 2022 to 2034. We also license one patent from a third party, which expires in 2023.

We also license software from third parties for integration into our offerings, including open source software and other software available on commercially reasonable

terms. We cannot assure you that such third parties will maintain such software or continue to make it available.

Facilities

Our  principal  facilities  consist  of  office  space  for  our  corporate  headquarters  in  Newark,  California.  We  also  have  offices  in  Washington  DC  and  Newark,  New

Jersey.     

We  lease  our  facilities  and  do  not  own  any  real  property.  We  may  procure  additional  space  as  we  add  employees  and  expand  geographically.  We  believe  that  our
facilities are adequate to meet our needs for the immediate future and that should it be needed, suitable additional space will be available to accommodate expansion of our
operations. Although  most  of  our  employees  operate  from  our  offices,  normally  they  can  perform  their  functions  from  any  location.  In  response  to  the  2020  COVID-19
pandemic, most of our personnel have performed their job function entirely from home

Human Capital

Our  values  encourage  us  to  be  genuine,  innovative,  engaged  and  exceptional.  They  are  built  on  the  foundation  that  our  people  and  the  way  we  treat  one  another
promote  creativity,  innovation  and  productivity,  which  spur  the  Company’s  success.  We  are  continually  investing  in  our  global  workforce  to  further  drive  diversity  and
inclusion, provide fair and competitive pay and benefits to support our employees’ well-being, and to foster the growth and development of all employees. As of December 31,
2020, we employed 157 people, all of whom were based in the United States. Our total attrition rate in 2020 was less than 11%. We have not experienced work stoppages and
believe our employee relations are good.

Diversity, Equity and Inclusion

Our vision is to advance diversity, equity and inclusion across the company. We recognize that everyone deserves respect and equal treatment, regardless of gender,
race, ethnicity, age, disability, sexual orientation, gender identity, cultural background or religious belief. As of December 31, 2020, women represent 27% of our employees,
and  underrepresented  minorities,  defined  as  those  who  identify  as  Black/African American,  Hispanic/Latinx,  Native American,  Pacific  Islander  and/or  two  or  more  races,
represent 50% of our employees.

In order to create products that solve challenging problems for people all over the world, we need employees who can bring diverse perspectives and life experiences.
We have a three-pronged strategy to grow our diversity over time by (1) attracting diverse talent and ensuring fair hiring through inclusive and strategic recruitment practices,
(2) creating an inclusive workplace environment for employees, and (3) joining forces with our customers, partners and peers to drive industry progress.

Therefore,  we  are  committed  to  bringing  more  women  and  underrepresented  and  underserved  groups  into  technology  careers.  We  employ  inclusive  recruitment

practices to source diverse candidates and mitigate potential bias.

21

 
 
We have invested in analysis and transparency to demonstrate our commitment to equity and inclusion through fair compensation and opportunity for professional
advancement. We define pay parity as ensuring that employees in the same job and location are paid fairly regardless of their gender or ethnicity.  We make efforts to ensure our
employees receive access to advanced opportunities within the company.

Board Composition and Refreshment

As  stated  in  our  Corporate  Governance  Guidelines,  our  Board  of  Directors  values  diversity  and  recognizes  the  importance  of  having  unique  and  complementary
backgrounds and perspectives in the board room. The Board endeavors to bring together diverse skills, professional experience, perspectives, age, race, ethnicity, gender, and
cultural  backgrounds  that  reflect  our  customer  base  and  the  citizens  served  by  our  customers,  and  to  guide  us  in  a  way  that  reflects  the  best  interests  of  all  of  our
stockholders. There are seven members on our Board. As of December 31, 2020, women represented 14% of our Board members and underrepresented minorities represented
43% of our Board.

Compensation, Benefits and Well-being

We  strive  to  offer  fair,  competitive  compensation  and  benefits  that  support  our  employees’  overall  well-being.  To  ensure  alignment  with  our  short-  and  long-term
objectives, our compensation programs for all employees include base pay, short-term incentives, and opportunities for long-term incentives, including equity incentives offered
under our employee equity incentive plans and employee stock purchase program. Our well-being and benefit programs focus on four key pillars: physical, emotional, financial
and  community  health.  We  offer  a  wide  array  of  benefits  including  comprehensive  health  and  welfare  insurance,  paid  time-off  and  leave,  and  we  sponsor  a  401(k)  plan  to
provide defined contribution retirement benefits.

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we implemented significant changes that we determined were in the best interest of our employees as well as the communities
in  which  we  operate.  This  includes  having  the  vast  majority  of  our  employees  work  from  home,  while  implementing  additional  safety  measures  for  employees  continuing
critical  on-site  work.  We  also  provide  flexible  work  hours  and  up  to  20  additional  working  days  per  calendar  year  of  paid  time  off  for  employees  who  cannot  work  due  to
circumstances related to COVID-19. We have also provided a work-from-home fund to assist employees in that transition and added several company-wide paid days to help
employees  balance  their  work  and  life  responsibilities.  Finally,  we  obtained  and  provided  personal  protective  equipment  to  our  employees  to  help  protect  them  during  this
uncertain time, while continuing our business activities.

Growth and Development

Career development is a primary reason new hires decide to join ShotSpotter. We actively foster a learning culture where employees are empowered to drive their
career progression, supporting professional development and providing on-demand learning platforms. Our development programs play a critical role in engaging and retaining
our employees as these programs offer opportunities to continually enhance their skills for a variety of career opportunities across the Company.

Segment and Geographic Information

We operate as a single operating and reportable segment. Information about segment reporting and long-lived assets is set forth in Note 2 of our Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements included in “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Total revenues generated outside the United States were
derived from our customers located in South Africa and the Bahamas and were $0.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2020, and $1.0 million and $0.9 million, in the
years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Substantially all of our non-monetary long-lived assets are located in the United States. For a discussion of risks related
to our international operations, see the risk factors set forth in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

22

Corporate Information

We were formed as ShotSpotter, Inc., a California corporation, in 2001 and reincorporated as ShotSpotter, Inc., a Delaware corporation, in 2004. We also do business

as “SST” pursuant to a registered trade name.

Our  principal  executive  offices  are  located  at  7979  Gateway  Boulevard,  Suite  210,  Newark,  California  94560  and  our  telephone  number  is  (510)  794-3100.  Our
website address is www.shotspotter.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report
on Form 10-K, and you should not consider any information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ShotSpotter, the ShotSpotter logo, ShotSpotter Connect, ShotSpotter Respond, ShotSpotter SecureCampus, ShotSpotter SiteSecure, and other trade names, trademarks
or  service  marks  of  ShotSpotter  appearing  in  this Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  are  the  property  of  ShotSpotter,  Inc.  Trade  names,  trademarks  and  service  marks  of  other
companies appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are the property of their respective holders.

Where You Can Find More Information

You can read our SEC filings, including this Annual Report on Form 10-K, over the internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any
document we file with the SEC at its public reference facilities at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of these documents at prescribed
rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on
the operation of the public reference facilities.

We are subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we are required to file reports, proxy statements and other information with the
SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information are available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and website of the SEC referred to above. We
also maintain a website at www.shotspotter.com, at which you may access these materials, free of charge, as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or
furnished to, the SEC. We are not, however, including the information contained on our website, or information that may be accessed through links on our website, as part of, or
incorporating such information by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 1A. RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other
information in this report, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock. If any of the
following risks is realized, our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the price of our common
stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment. Moreover, the risks described below are not the only ones that we face. Additional risks not presently
known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also affect our business, operating results, prospects or financial condition. You should carefully consider these risk
factors, together with all of the other information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as well as our other publicly available filings with the SEC.

Risks Related to the COVID-19 Pandemic  

The COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in a material adverse effect on our business, the future magnitude or duration of which we cannot predict with accuracy.

The COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in a substantial curtailment of business activities worldwide and is causing weakened economic conditions, both in the United
States and many countries abroad. As part of intensifying efforts to contain the spread of COVID-19, many companies and state, local and foreign governments have imposed
restrictions, including shelter-in-place orders and travel bans. While some of these companies and

23

 
jurisdictions have started to relax such restrictions, in some cases, the restrictions were put back in place shortly after having been lifted. These factors have negatively impacted
our  operations  and  results  of  operations  for  the  year  ended  2020.  We  expect  that  the  evolving  COVID-19  pandemic,  associated  travel  restrictions  and  social  distancing
requirements will continue to have an adverse impact on our results of operations. While the ultimate economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic is highly uncertain, we
expect that our business and results of operations, including our revenues, earnings and cash flows from operations, will be adversely impacted for at least the first half of 2021,
including as a result of:

•

•

•

•

Delays in our ability to deploy new “go-live” miles attributable to company policies or customer policies designed to protect employee health and comply with
government restrictions;

Greater funding challenges for our customer base, which may adversely affect customer contract renewals, expansion of existing customer deployments or
new customer sales;

Possible disruption to our supply chain caused by distribution and other logistical issues, which may further delay our ability to deploy new go-live miles; and

Potential decrease in productivity of our employees or that of our customers or suppliers due to travel bans or restrictions, work-from-home or shelter-in-place
policies and orders.

It is currently not possible to predict the magnitude or duration of the COVID-19 pandemic’s impact on our business. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic

impacts our business will depend on numerous evolving factors that we may not be able to control or accurately predict, including without limitation:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the duration and scope of the pandemic;

governmental, business and individuals’ actions that have been and continue to be taken in response to the pandemic;

the impact of the pandemic on economic activity and actions taken in response;

the effect on our customers and demand for our products and services;

our ability to continue to sell our products and services, including as a result of travel restrictions and people working from home, or restrictions on access to
our potential customers;

the ability of our customers to pay for its products and services;

any closures of our facilities and the facilities of our customers and suppliers; and

the degree to which our employees or those of our customers or suppliers become ill with COVID-19.

Risks Related to Our Growth

If our business does not grow as we expect, or if we fail to manage our growth effectively, our operating results and business prospects would suffer.

Our ability to successfully grow our business depends on a number of factors including our ability to:

•

•

•

accelerate our acquisition of new customers;

further sell expansions of coverage areas to our existing customers;

expand our international footprint;

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•

•

•

•

expand into new vertical markets, such as precision policing, and security solutions;

increase awareness of the benefits that our solutions offer;  

maintain our competitive and technology leadership position; and

manage  our  business  successfully  through  the  COVID-19  pandemic  and  any  resulting  impact  on  economic  conditions,  including  conditions  impacting  the
availability of funding for our public safety solution.  

As usage of our solutions grows, we will need to continue to make investments to develop and implement new or updated solutions, technologies, security features and
cloud-based infrastructure operations. In addition, we will need to appropriately scale our internal business systems and our services organization, including the suppliers of our
detection equipment and customer support services, to serve our growing customer base. Any failure of, or delay in, these efforts could impair the performance of our solutions
and reduce customer satisfaction.

Further, our growth could increase quickly and place a strain on our managerial, operational, financial and other resources, and our future operating results depend to a
large extent on our ability to successfully manage our anticipated expansion and growth. To manage our growth successfully, we will need to continue to invest in sales and
marketing, research and development, and general and administrative functions and other areas. We are likely to recognize the costs associated with these investments earlier
than receiving some of the anticipated benefits, and the return on these investments may be lower, or may develop more slowly, than we expect, which could adversely affect
our operating results.

If we are unable to manage our growth effectively, we may not be able to take advantage of market opportunities or develop new solutions or upgrades to our existing
solutions, satisfy customer requirements, maintain the quality and security of our solutions or execute on our business plan, any of which could have a material adverse effect on
our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our quarterly results of operations may fluctuate significantly due to a wide range of factors, which makes our future results difficult to predict.

Our  revenues  and  results  of  operations  could  vary  significantly  from  quarter  to  quarter  as  a  result  of  various  factors,  many  of  which  are  outside  of  our  control,

including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the expansion or contraction of our customer base;

the renewal or nonrenewal of subscription agreements with, and expansion of coverage areas by, existing customers;

the size, timing, terms and deployment schedules of our sales to both existing and new customers;

the introduction of products or services that may compete with us for the limited funds available to our customers, and changes in the cost of such products or
services;

changes in our customers’ and potential customers’ budgets;

our ability to control costs, including our operating expenses;

our ability to hire, train and maintain our direct sales force;

the timing of satisfying revenues recognition criteria in connection with initial deployment and renewals;

fluctuations in our effective tax rate;

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•

•

the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on business operations and economic conditions; and

general economic and political conditions, both domestically and internationally.

Any one of these or other factors discussed elsewhere in this report may result in fluctuations in our revenues and operating results, meaning that quarter-to-quarter

comparisons of our revenues, results of operations and cash flows may not necessarily be indicative of our future performance.

Because of the fluctuations described above, our ability to forecast revenues is limited and we may not be able to accurately predict our future revenues or results of
operations. In addition, we base our current and future expense levels on our operating plans and sales forecasts, and our operating expenses are expected to increase in the short
term. Accordingly, we may not be able to reduce our costs sufficiently to compensate for an unexpected shortfall in revenues, and even a small shortfall in revenues could
disproportionately and adversely affect our financial results for that quarter. The variability and unpredictability of these and other factors could result in our failing to meet or
exceed financial expectations for a given period.

Because  we  generally  recognize  our  subscription  revenues  ratably  over  the  term  of  our  contract  with  a  customer,  fluctuations  in  sales  will  not  be  fully  reflected  in  our
operating results until future periods.

Our revenues are primarily generated from subscriptions to our solutions. With the exception of a small number of legacy customers, our customers do not have the
right  to  take  possession  of  our  equipment  or  software  platform.  Revenues  from  subscriptions  to  our  software  platform  is  recognized  ratably  over  the  subscription  period
beginning on the date that the subscription is made available to the customer, which we refer to as the “go-live” date. Our agreements with our customers typically range from
one to five years. As a result, much of the revenues that we report in each quarter are attributable to agreements entered into during previous quarters. Consequently, a decline in
sales, customer renewals or market acceptance of our solutions in any one quarter would not necessarily be fully reflected in the revenues in that quarter and would negatively
affect our revenues and profitability in future quarters. This ratable revenues recognition also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our revenues through additional sales in
any period, as revenues from new customers generally are recognized over the applicable agreement term. Our subscription-based approach may result in uneven recognition of
revenues.

We  recognize  subscription  revenues  over  the  term  of  a  subscription  agreement.  Once  we  enter  into  a  contract  with  a  customer,  there  is  a  delay  until  we  begin
recognizing revenues while we survey the coverage areas, obtain any required consents for installation, and install our sensors, which together can take up to several months or
more. We begin recognizing revenues from a sale only when all of these steps are complete and the solution is live.

While most of our customers elect to renew their subscription agreements following the expiration of a term, in some cases, they may not be able to obtain the proper
approvals  or  funding  to  complete  the  renewal  prior  to  such  expiration.  For  these  customers,  we  stop  recognizing  subscription  revenues  at  the  end  of  the  current  term,  even
though we may continue to provide services for a period of time while the renewal process is completed. Once the renewal is complete, we then recognize subscription revenues
for the period between the expiration of the term of the agreement and the completion of the renewal process.

The variation in the timeline for deploying our solutions and completing renewals may result in fluctuations in our revenues, which could cause our results to differ
from projections. Additionally, while we generally invoice for 50% of the contract cost upon a customer’s go-live date, our cash flows may be volatile and will not match our
revenues recognition.

We have not been profitable historically and may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future.

We  only  reached  our  first  full  year  of  net  income  in  2019;  prior  to  that,  we  posted  a  net  loss  in  each  year  since  inception. As  of  December  31,  2020,  we  had  an
accumulated deficit of $94.4 million. We are not certain whether we will be able to maintain enough revenues from sales of our solutions to sustain or increase our growth or
maintain profitability in the future. We also expect our costs to increase in future periods, which could negatively affect our

26

 
 
 
future operating results if our revenues do not increase. In particular, we expect to continue to expend substantial financial and other resources on:

•

•

•

•

•

sales and marketing, including a significant expansion of our sales organization, both domestically and internationally;

research and development related to our solutions, including investments in our engineering and technical teams;

acquisition of complementary technologies or businesses, such as our acquisition of HunchLab technology in October 2018 and our acquisition of LEEDS,
LLC in November 2020;

continued international expansion of our business; and

general and administrative expenses.

These investments may not result in increased revenues or growth in our business. If we are unable to increase our revenues at a rate sufficient to offset the expected
increase in our costs, our business, operating results and financial position may be harmed, and we may not be able to maintain profitability over the long term. In particular, the
COVID-19 pandemic and its impact on economic conditions will make it more difficult for us to increase revenues sufficient to maintain profitability. Additionally, we may
encounter unforeseen operating expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown factors that may result in losses in future periods. If our revenue growth does
not meet our expectations in future periods, our financial performance may be harmed, and we may not maintain profitability in the future.

We may require additional capital to fund our business and support our growth, and our inability to generate and obtain such capital on acceptable terms, or at all, could
harm our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects.

We intend to continue to make substantial investments to fund our business and support our growth. In addition, we may require additional funds to respond to business
challenges,  including  the  need  to  develop  new  features  or  enhance  our  solutions,  improve  our  operating  infrastructure  or  acquire  or  develop  complementary  businesses  and
technologies. As  a  result,  in  addition  to  the  revenues  we  generate  from  our  business  and  our  existing  cash  balances,  we  may  need  to  engage  in  additional  equity  or  debt
financings to provide the funds required for these and other business endeavors. If we raise additional funds through future issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our
existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our
common  stock. Any  debt  financing  that  we  may  secure  in  the  future  could  involve  restrictive  covenants  relating  to  our  capital  raising  activities  and  other  financial  and
operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. We may not be
able to obtain such additional financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require
it, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly impaired, and our business may be adversely affected. In
addition, our inability to generate or obtain the financial resources needed may require us to delay, scale back, or eliminate some or all of our operations, which may have a
material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects.

Risks Related to Our Public Safety Business

Ongoing social unrest may result in a material adverse effect on our business, the future magnitude or duration of which we cannot predict with accuracy.

We may be adversely affected by ongoing social unrest, protests against racial inequality, protests against police brutality and movements such as “Defund the Police”
or increases in such unrest that may occur in the future. These events may directly or indirectly affect police agency budgets and funding available to current and potential
customers. Participants in these events may also attempt to create the perception that our solutions are contributing

27

 
 
 
 
 
to the “problem”, which may adversely affect the Company, its business and results of operations, including its revenues, earnings and cash flows from operations.

Our success depends on maintaining and increasing our sales, which depends on factors we cannot control, including the availability of funding to our customers.

To date, substantially all of our revenues have been derived from contracts with local governments and their agencies, in particular the police departments of major
cities  in  the  United  States.  To  a  lesser  extent,  we  also  generate  revenues  from  federal  agencies,  foreign  governments  and  higher  education  institutions.  We  believe  that  the
success and growth of our business will continue to depend on our ability to add new police departments and other government agencies, domestically and internationally, as
customers of our public safety solution and new universities, corporate campuses and key infrastructure and transportation centers as customers of our security solutions. Many
of our target customers have restricted budgets, such that we are forced to compete with programs or solutions that offer an alternative use of the same funds. A number of
factors could cause current and/or potential customers to: delay or refrain from purchasing our solutions, prevent expansion of, or reduce coverage areas and/ or terminate use of
our solutions, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

decreases or changes in available funding, including tax revenues, budgetary allocations, government grants and other government funding programs;

potential delays or changes in appropriations or other funding authorization processes;

changes in fiscal or contracting policies;

macro-and/or local economic changes that may affect customer funding;

changes in elected or appointed officials; and

changes in laws or public sentiment regarding privacy or surveillance.

The  COVID-19  pandemic  and  any  associated  impact  on  economic  conditions  could  also  cause  or  exacerbate  any  of  the  foregoing.  The  occurrence  of  any  of  the
foregoing would impede or delay our ability to maintain or increase the amount of revenues derived from these customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our
business, operating results and financial condition.

Contracting with government entities can be complex, expensive, and time-consuming.

The procurement process for government entities is in many ways more challenging than contracting in the private sector. We must comply with laws and regulations
relating to the formation, administration, performance and pricing of contracts with government entities, including U.S. federal, state and local governmental bodies. These laws
and regulations may impose added costs on our business or prolong or complicate our sales efforts, and failure to comply with these laws and regulations or other applicable
requirements  could  lead  to  claims  for  damages  from  our  customers,  penalties,  termination  of  contracts  and  other  adverse  consequences.  Any  such  damages,  penalties,
disruptions or limitations in our ability to do business with government entities could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Government entities often require highly specialized contract terms that may differ from our standard arrangements. For example, if the federal government provides
grants to certain state and local governments for our solutions, and such governments do not continue to receive these grants, then these customers have the ability to terminate
their contracts with us without penalty. Government entities often impose compliance requirements that are complicated, require preferential pricing or “most favored nation”
terms and conditions, or are otherwise time-consuming and expensive to satisfy. Compliance with these special standards or satisfaction of such requirements could complicate
our efforts to obtain business or increase the cost of doing so. Even if we do meet these special standards or requirements, the increased costs associated with providing our
solutions to government customers could harm our margins. Additionally, even once we have secured a government contract, the renewal process can

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
be  lengthy  and  as  time-consuming  as  the  initial  sale,  and  we  may  be  providing  our  service  for  months  past  the  contract  expiration  date  without  certainty  if  the  renewal
agreement  will  be  signed  or  not.  During  the  COVID-19  pandemic  and  any  associated  impact  on  economic  conditions,  these  risks  are  more  pronounced  than  usual,  as
government entities struggle with reduced levels of resources related to implications of the pandemic.

Changes in the underlying regulatory conditions, political landscape or required procurement procedures that affect these types of customers could be introduced prior
to the completion of our sales cycle, making it more difficult or costly to finalize a contract with a new customer or expand or renew an existing customer relationship. For
example,  customers  may  require  a  competitive  bidding  process  with  extended  response  deadlines,  review  or  appeal  periods,  or  customer  attention  may  be  diverted  to  other
government  matters,  postponing  the  consideration  of  the  purchase  of  our  products.  Such  delays  could  harm  our  ability  to  provide  our  solutions  efficiently  and  to  grow  or
maintain our customer base.

If we are unable to further penetrate the public safety market, our revenues may not grow.

Our  ability  to  increase  revenues  will  depend  in  large  part  on  our  ability  to  sell  our  current  and  future  public  safety  solutions.  For  example,  our  ability  to  have  our
ShotSpotter Respond customers renew their annual subscriptions and expand their mileage coverage or purchasing and implementing our new products such as ShotSpotter
Connect and ultimately ShotSpotter Investigate drives our ability to increase our revenues. Most of our ShotSpotter Respond customers begin using our solution in a limited
coverage area. Our experience has been, and we expect will continue to be, that after the initial implementation of our solutions, our new customers typically renew their annual
subscriptions,  and  many  also  choose  to  expand  their  coverage  area.  If  our  existing  customers  do  not  renew  their  subscriptions,  our  revenues  may  decrease.  However,  some
customers may choose to not renew or reduce their coverage. If existing customers do not choose to renew or expand their coverage areas, our revenues will not grow as we
anticipate, or may even decline. During the COVID-19 pandemic and any associated impact on economic conditions, this risk is more pronounced than usual, as our customers’
priorities may change or they may have greater uncertainty regarding the availability of funding for our solutions as a result.

Our ability to further penetrate the market for our public safety solutions depends on several factors, including: maintaining a high level of customer satisfaction and a
strong reputation among law enforcement; increasing the awareness of our ShotSpotter solutions and their benefits; the effectiveness of our marketing programs; the availability
of funding to our customers, particularly in challenging economic conditions we anticipate from the COVID-19 pandemic; our ability to launch ShotSpotter Investigate; and the
costs of our solutions. Some potential public safety customers may be reluctant or unwilling to use our solution for a number of reasons, including concerns about additional
costs,  unwillingness  to  expose  or  lack  of  concern  regarding  the  extent  of  gun  violence  in  their  community,  uncertainty  regarding  the  reliability  and  security  of  cloud-based
offerings or lack of awareness of the benefits of our public safety solutions. If we are unsuccessful in expanding the coverage of ShotSpotter solutions by existing public safety
customers or adding new customers, our revenues and growth prospects would suffer.

Our sales cycle can be lengthy, time-consuming and costly, and our inability to successfully complete sales could harm our business.

Our  sales  process  involves  educating  prospective  customers  and  existing  customers  about  the  use,  technical  capabilities  and  benefits  of  our  solutions.  Prospective
customers, especially government agencies, often undertake a prolonged evaluation process that may last up to nine months or more and that typically involves comparing the
benefits of our solutions to alternative uses of funds. We may spend substantial time, effort and money on our sales and marketing efforts without any assurance that our efforts
will produce any sales.

Additionally, events affecting our customers’ budgets or missions may occur during the sales cycle that could negatively impact the size or timing of a purchase after
we have invested substantial time, effort and resources into a potential sale, contributing to more unpredictability in the growth of our business. If we are unable to succeed in
closing  sales  with  new  and  existing  customers,  our  business,  operating  results  and  financial  condition  will  be  harmed.  During  the  COVID-19  pandemic  and  any  associated
impact on economic conditions, this risk is more

29

pronounced than usual, as our customers’ priorities may change or they may have greater uncertainty regarding the availability of funding for our solutions as a result.

Changes in the availability of federal funding to support local law enforcement efforts could impact our business.

Many of our customers rely to some extent on funds from the U.S. federal government in order to purchase and pay for our solutions. Any reduction in federal funding
for local law enforcement efforts could result in our customers having less access to funds required to continue, renew, expand or pay for our solutions. Increasing social unrest,
protests against racial inequality, protests against police brutality and movements such as “Defund the Police” increased during 2020. These events may directly or indirectly
affect municipal and police agency budgets, including federal funding available to current and potential customers. If federal funding is reduced or eliminated and our customers
cannot find alternative sources of funding to purchase our solutions, our business will be harmed.

Federal stimulus funding as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic does exists; however, we do not know whether this funding will be made available to our existing or
potential customers, and many state and local governments anticipate budget shortfalls without additional funding. Further, the allocation of and prioritization of stimulus funds
is uncertain and may change. There is no guarantee that additional funding will be made available to fund our solutions.

Real or perceived false positive gunshot alerts or failure or perceived failure to generate alerts for actual gunfire could adversely affect our customers and their operations,
damage our brand and reputation and adversely affect our growth prospects and results of operations.

A false positive alert, in which a non-gunfire incident is reported as gunfire, could result in an unnecessary rapid deployment of police officers and first responders,
which may raise unnecessary fear among the occupants of a community or facility, and may be deemed a waste of police and first responder resources. A failure to alert law
enforcement or security personnel of actual gunfire (false negative) could result in a less rapid or no response by police officers and first responders, increasing the probability
of injury or loss of life. Both false positive alerts and the failure to generate alerts of actual gunfire (false negative) may result in customer dissatisfaction, potential loss of
confidence in our solutions, and potential liabilities to customers or other third parties, any of which could harm our reputation and adversely impact our business and operating
results. Additionally, the perception of a false positive alert or of a failure to generate an alert, even where our customers understand that our solutions were utilized correctly,
could lead to negative publicity or harm the public perception of our solutions, which could harm our reputation and adversely impact our business and operating results.

Economic uncertainties or downturns, or political changes, could limit the availability of funds available to our customers and potential customers, which could materially
adversely affect our business.

Economic uncertainties or downturns could adversely affect our business and operating results. Negative conditions in the general economy both in the United States
and  abroad,  including  conditions  resulting  from  changes  in  gross  domestic  product  growth,  financial  and  credit  market  fluctuations,  political  deadlock,  natural  catastrophes,
warfare, terrorist attacks and infectious disease outbreaks, such as COVID-19 pandemic, could cause a decrease in funds available to our customers and potential customers and
negatively affect the rate of growth of our business.

These economic conditions may make it extremely difficult for our customers and us to forecast and plan future budgetary decisions or business activities accurately,
and they could cause our customers to reevaluate their decisions to purchase our solutions, which could delay and lengthen our sales cycles or result in cancellations of planned
purchases. Furthermore, during challenging economic times or as a result of political changes, our customers may tighten their budgets and face constraints in gaining timely
access to sufficient funding or other credit, which could result in an impairment of their ability to make timely payments to us. In turn, we may be required to increase our
allowance for doubtful accounts, which would adversely affect our financial results.

We cannot predict the timing, strength or duration of any economic slowdown, instability or recovery, generally or within any particular industry, or the impact of

political changes. If the economic conditions of the general economy or industries in which we operate worsen from present levels, or if recent political changes result

30

in less funding being available to purchase our solutions, our business, operating results, financial condition and cash flows could be adversely affected.

New competitors may enter the market for our public safety solution.

If cities and other government entities increase their efforts to reduce gun violence or our solutions gain visibility in the market, companies could decide to enter into
the public safety solution market and thereby increase the competition we face. In addition to other gunshot detection products, we also compete with other technologies and
solutions  targeting  our  public  safety  customers’  resources  for  law  enforcement  and  crime  prevention.  Our  competitors  could  benefit  from  the  disclosure  of  our  data  or
information concerning our techniques and processes due to legal or other obligations (for example, as a result of public-records requests or subpoenas to provide information or
to testify in court). Because there are several possible uses for these limited budgetary resources, if we are not able to compete successfully for these limited resources, our
business may not grow as we expect, which could adversely impact our revenues and operating results.

The nature of our business may result in undesirable press coverage or other negative publicity.

Our solutions are used to assist law enforcement and first responders in the event that gunfire is detected. Even when our solutions work as intended, the incidents
detected by our solutions could lead to injury, loss of life and other negative outcomes, and such events are likely to receive negative publicity. If we fail to detect an incident, or
if we detect an incident, such as a terrorist attack or active-shooter event, but the response time of law enforcement or first responders is not sufficiently quick to prevent injury,
loss of life, property damage or other adverse outcomes, we may receive negative media attention. At times, our data or information concerning our techniques and processes
may become a matter of public record due to legal or other obligations (for example, as a result of public-records requests or subpoenas to provide information or to testify in
court), and we may receive negative media attention as a result.

In addition, our solutions require that our customers monitor alerts and respond timely to notifications of gunshots. If our customers do not fully utilize our systems,
we  may  be  subject  to  criticism  and  unflattering  media  coverage  regarding  the  effectiveness  of  our  solutions  and  the  cost  of  our  solutions  to  our  customers.  Such  negative
publicity could have an adverse impact on new sales or renewals or expansions of coverage areas by existing customers, which would adversely impact our financial results and
future prospects.

Concerns regarding privacy and government-sponsored surveillance may deter customers from purchasing our solutions.

Governmental agencies and private citizens have become increasingly sensitive to real or perceived government or third-party surveillance and may wrongly believe
that our outdoor sensors allow customers to listen to private conversations and monitor private citizen activity. Our sensors are not designed for “live listening” and are triggered
only at loud impulsive sounds that may likely be gunfire. However, perceived privacy concerns may result in negative media coverage and efforts by private citizens to persuade
municipalities, educational institutions or other potential customers not to purchase our precision policing solutions for their communities, campuses or facilities. In addition,
laws may exist or be enacted to address such concerns that could impact our ability to deploy our solutions. For example, the City of Toronto, Canada decided against using
ShotSpotter solutions because the Ministry of the Attorney General of Ontario indicated that it may compromise Section 8 of Canada’s Charter of Rights and Freedoms, which
relates to unreasonable search and seizure. If customers choose not to purchase our solutions due to privacy or surveillance concerns, then the market for our solutions may
develop more slowly than we expect, or it may not achieve the growth potential we expect, any of which would adversely affect our business and financial results.

Strategic and Operational Risks

If we are unable to sell our solutions into new markets, our revenues may not grow.

Part of our growth strategy depends on our ability to increase sales of our security and public safety solutions in markets outside of the United States. We are focused

on expanding the sales of these solutions into new markets,

31

but customers in these new markets may not be receptive or sales may be delayed beyond our expectations, causing our revenue growth and growth prospects to suffer. During
the COVID-19 pandemic and any associated impact on economic conditions, this risk is more pronounced than usual.

Our ability to successfully face these challenges depends on several factors, including increasing the awareness of our solutions and their benefits; the effectiveness of
our marketing programs; the costs of our solutions; our ability to attract, retain and effectively train sales and marketing personnel; and our ability to develop relationships with
communication carriers and other partners. If we are unsuccessful in developing and marketing our solutions into new markets, new markets for our solutions might not develop
or might develop more slowly than we expect, either of which would harm our revenues and growth prospects.

The failure of our solutions to meet our customers’ expectations could harm our reputation, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results
and financial condition.

Promoting and demonstrating the utility of our solutions as useful, reliable and important tools for law enforcement and security personnel is critical to the success of
our business. Our ability to secure customer renewals, expand existing customer coverage areas, and enter into new customer contracts is dependent on our reputation and our
ability to deliver our solutions effectively. We believe that our reputation among police departments using ShotSpotter solutions is particularly important to our success. Our
ability to meet customer expectations will depend on a wide range of factors, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

our ability to continue to offer high-quality, innovative and accurate precision policing solutions;

our ability to maintain continuous gunshot detection monitoring during high outdoor-noise activity periods such as New Year’s Day, the Fourth of July and
Cinco de Mayo, and Carnival for international deployments;

our ability to maintain high customer satisfaction, including meeting our service level agreements standards;

the perceived value and quality of our solutions;

differences in opinion regarding the metrics that measure the success of our solutions;

our ability to successfully communicate the unique value proposition of our solutions;

our ability to provide high-quality customer support;

any misuse or perceived misuse of our solutions;

interruptions, delays or attacks on our platform;

litigation- or regulation-related developments; and

damage to or degradation of our sensors or sensor network by third parties.

Furthermore,  negative  publicity,  whether  or  not  justified,  relating  to  events  or  activities  attributable  to  us,  our  solutions,  our  employees,  our  partners  or  others
associated with any of these parties, may tarnish our reputation. Damage to our reputation may reduce demand for our solutions and would likely have a material adverse effect
on  our  business,  operating  results  and  financial  condition.  Moreover,  any  attempts  to  rebuild  our  reputation  may  be  costly  and  time-consuming,  and  such  efforts  may  not
ultimately be successful.

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interruptions or performance problems associated with our technology and infrastructure may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We have in the past experienced, and may in the future experience, performance issues due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, human or software
errors, intentional or accidental damage to our technology (including sensors), website or third-party hosting disruptions or capacity constraints due to a number of potential
causes including technical failures, natural disasters or security attacks. If our security is compromised, our platform is unavailable or our users are unable to receive our alerts
or otherwise communicate with our IRC reviewers, within a reasonable amount of time or at all, our business could be negatively affected. In some instances, we may not be
able to identify the cause or causes of these performance problems within an acceptable period of time.

In  addition,  our  IRC  department  personnel  operate  either  remotely  or  out  of  our  offices.  Any  interruption  or  delay  in  service  from  our  IRC,  such  as  from  a
communications or power outage, could limit our ability deliver our solutions. In addition, it may become increasingly difficult to maintain and improve the performance of our
solutions, especially during peak usage times as the capacity of our IRC operations reaches its limits. If there is an interruption or delay in service from our IRC operations and
a gunshot is detected but not reviewed in the allotted time, our software will flag the incident for off-line review. This may result in delayed notifications to our customers and
as a result, we could experience a decline in customer satisfaction with our solutions and our reputation and growth prospects could be harmed.

We expect to continue to make significant investments to maintain and improve the performance of our solutions. To the extent that we do not effectively address
capacity  constraints,  upgrade  our  systems  as  needed  and  continually  develop  our  technology  to  accommodate  actual  and  anticipated  changes  in  technology,  our  business,
operating results and financial condition may be adversely affected.

We rely on wireless carriers to provide access to wireless networks through which our acoustic sensors communicate with our cloud-based backend and with which we
provide our notification services to customers, and any interruption of such access would impair our business.

We rely on wireless carriers, mainly AT&T and Verizon, to provide access to wireless networks for machine-to-machine data transmissions, which are an integral part
of our services. Our wireless carriers may suspend wireless service to expand, maintain or improve their networks. These wireless carriers perform routine maintenance and
periodic software and firmware updates that may damage our sensors or make them inoperable. Any suspension or other interruption of services would adversely affect our
ability to provide our services to our customers and may adversely affect our reputation. In addition, the terms of our agreements with these wireless carriers provide that either
party can cancel or terminate the agreement for convenience. If one of our wireless carriers were to terminate its agreement with us, we would need to source a different wireless
carrier and/or modify our equipment during the notice period in order to minimize disruption in the performance of our solutions. Price increases or termination by our wireless
carriers or changes to existing contract terms could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Natural disasters, infectious disease outbreaks, power outages or other events impacting us or our customers could harm our operating results and financial condition.

We recognize revenue on a subscription basis as our solutions are provided to our customers over time. If our services are disrupted due to natural disasters, infectious
disease outbreaks, power outages or other events that we cannot control, we may not be able to continue providing our solutions as expected. For example, during the COVID-
19 pandemic, our employees, including our IRC reviewers, are being required to work remotely, which may negatively impact productivity of our employees and effectiveness
of our solutions.

When we stop providing coverage, we also stop recognizing revenues as a result of the affected subscription agreement. If we are forced to discontinue our services
due to natural disasters, power outages and other events outside of our control, our revenues may decline, which would negatively impact our results of operations and financial
condition. In addition, we may face liability for damages caused by our sensors in the event of heavy

33

weather, hurricanes or other natural disasters. We may also incur additional costs to repair or replace installed sensor networks damaged by heavy weather, hurricanes or other
natural disasters.

Any of our facilities or operations may be harmed or rendered inoperable by natural or man-made disasters, including earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, wildfires,
floods, nuclear disasters, acts of terrorism or other criminal activities, infectious disease outbreaks, such as COVID-19, and power outages, which may render it difficult or
impossible for us to operate our business for some period of time or decrease productivity. For example, our primary IRC and a data center that hosts some of our customer
services are located in the San Francisco Bay Area, a region known for seismic activity. Our facilities would likely be costly to repair or replace, and any such efforts would
likely require substantial time. In addition, like many companies, we have recently implemented a work from home policy as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. This policy
may negatively impact productivity of our employees.   

Any disruptions in our operations could negatively impact our business and operating results and harm our reputation. In addition, we may not carry business insurance
or  may  not  carry  sufficient  business  insurance  to  compensate  for  losses  that  may  occur. Any  such  losses  or  damages  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,
operating  results  and  financial  condition.  In  addition,  the  facilities  of  significant  vendors,  including  the  manufacturer  of  our  proprietary  acoustic  sensor,  may  be  harmed  or
rendered inoperable by such natural or man-made disasters, which may cause disruptions, difficulties or material adverse effects on our business.

The incurrence of debt may impact our financial position and subject us to additional financial and operating restrictions.

On September 27, 2018, we entered into a senior secured revolving credit facility with Umpqua Bank (the “Umpqua Credit Agreement”), which we increased to $20.0
million in August 2020 and which we intend to use for general working capital purposes. As of December 31, 2020, we had no outstanding amounts due on nor any usage of the
Umpqua Credit Agreement.

Under the Umpqua Credit Agreement, we are subject to various negative covenants that limit, subject to certain exclusions, our ability to incur indebtedness, make
loans, invest in or secure the obligations of other parties, pay or declare dividends, make distributions with respect to our securities, redeem outstanding shares of our stock,
create subsidiaries, materially change the nature of its business, enter into related party transactions, engage in mergers and business combinations, the acquisition or transfer of
our  assets  outside  of  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  grant  liens  or  enter  into  collateral  relationships  involving  company  assets  or  reincorporate,  reorganize  or  dissolve  the
company. These covenants could adversely affect our financial health and business and future operations by, among other things:

•

•

•

•

•

making it more difficult to satisfy our obligations, including under the terms of the Umpqua Credit Agreement;

limiting our ability to refinance our debt on terms acceptable to us or at all;

limiting our flexibility to plan for and adjust to changing business and market conditions and increasing our vulnerability;

limiting our ability to use our available cash flow to fund future acquisitions, working capital, business activities, and other general corporate requirements;
and

limiting  our  ability  to  obtain  additional  financing  for  working  capital  to  fund  growth  or  for  general  corporate  purposes,  even  when  necessary  to  maintain
adequate liquidity.

We are also required to maintain certain financial covenants tied to our leverage, interest charges and profitability. Our ability to meet such covenants (those negative
covenants  discussed  in  the  preceding  paragraph)  or  other  restrictions  can  be  affected  by  events  beyond  our  control,  and  our  failure  to  comply  with  the  financial  and  other
covenants would be an event of default under the Umpqua Credit Agreement. If an event of default under the Umpqua Credit Agreement, has occurred and is continuing, the
outstanding borrowings thereunder could become

34

 
 
 
 
 
immediately  due  and  payable,  and  we  would  then  be  required  to  cash  collateralize  any  letters  of  credit  then  outstanding,  and  the  lender  could  refuse  to  permit  additional
borrowings under the facility. We cannot assure you that we would have sufficient assets to repay those borrowings and, if we are unable to repay those amounts, the lender
could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure such indebtedness. We have pledged substantially all of our assets as collateral, and an event of default would
likely have a material adverse effect on our business.

The competitive landscape for our security solutions is evolving.

The market for security solutions for university campuses, corporate campuses and transportation and key infrastructure centers includes a number of available options,
such as video surveillance and increased human security presence. Because there are several possible uses of funds for security needs, we may face increased challenges in
demonstrating  or  distinguishing  the  benefits  of  ShotSpotter  SecureCampus  and  ShotSpotter  SiteSecure.  In  particular,  while  we  have  seen  growing  interest  in  our  security
solutions, interest in the indoor gunshot detection offering was limited, and as a result, in June 2018, we made the strategic decision to cease indoor coverage as part of our
service offering.

Failure to effectively develop and expand our sales and marketing capabilities could harm our ability to increase our customer base and achieve broader market acceptance
of our solutions.

To increase total customers and customer coverage areas and to achieve broader market acceptance of our solutions, we will need to expand our sales and marketing
organization and increase our business development resources, including the vertical and geographic distribution of our sales force and our teams of account executives focused
on new accounts and responsible for renewal and growth of existing accounts.

Our business requires that our sales personnel have particular expertise and experience in working with law enforcement agencies, other government organizations and
higher education institutions. We may not achieve revenue growth from expanding our sales force if we are unable to hire, develop and retain talented sales personnel with
appropriate experience, if our new sales personnel are unable to achieve desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of time or if our sales and marketing programs are not
effective.

During the COVID-19 pandemic, this risk is more pronounced than usual, as our sales and marketing organization has been unable to travel and meetings with our

current and potential customers have been more difficult to conduct.

Our strategy includes pursuing acquisitions, and our inability to successfully integrate newly-acquired technologies, assets or businesses may harm our financial results.
Future acquisitions of technologies, assets or businesses, which are paid for partially or entirely through the issuance of stock or stock rights, could dilute the ownership of
our existing stockholders.

We  acquired  LEEDS,  LLC  in  November  2020  in  order  to  enhance  our  precision  policing  platform.  We  will  continue  to  evaluate  and  consider  potential  strategic
transactions, including acquisitions of, or investments in, businesses, technologies, services, products and other assets in the future. We also may enter into relationships with
other  businesses  to  expand  our  platform  and  applications,  which  could  involve  preferred  or  exclusive  licenses,  additional  channels  of  distribution,  discount  pricing  or
investments in other companies.

We believe that part of our continued growth will be driven by acquisitions of other companies or their technologies, assets, businesses and teams. Acquisitions in the

future that we complete will give rise to risks, including:

•

•

incurring higher than anticipated capital expenditures and operating expenses;

failing to assimilate the operations and personnel or failing to retain the key personnel of the acquired company or business;

35

 
 
•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

failing to integrate the acquired technologies, or incurring significant expense to integrate acquired technologies, into our platform and applications;

disrupting our ongoing business;

diverting our management’s attention and other company resources;

failing to maintain uniform standards, controls and policies;

incurring significant accounting charges;

impairing relationships with our customers and employees;

finding that the acquired technology, asset or business does not further our business strategy, that we overpaid for the technology, asset or business or that we
may be required to write off acquired assets or investments partially or entirely;

failing to realize the expected synergies of the transaction;

being exposed to unforeseen liabilities and contingencies that were not identified prior to acquiring the company; and

being unable to generate sufficient revenues and profits from acquisitions to offset the associated acquisition costs.

Fully integrating an acquired technology, asset or business into our operations may take a significant amount of time. We may not be successful in overcoming these
risks or any other problems encountered with the acquisition of and integration of LEEDS, LLC or any future acquisitions. To the extent that we do not successfully avoid or
overcome the risks or problems related to any such acquisitions, our results of operations and financial condition could be harmed. Acquisitions also could impact our financial
position and capital requirements or could cause fluctuations in our quarterly and annual results of operations. Acquisitions could include significant goodwill and intangible
assets, which may result in future impairment charges that would reduce our stated earnings. We may incur significant costs in our efforts to engage in strategic transactions and
these expenditures may not result in successful acquisitions.

We expect that the consideration we might pay for any future acquisitions of technologies, assets, businesses or teams could include stock, rights to purchase stock,
cash or some combination of the foregoing. If we issue stock or rights to purchase stock in connection with future acquisitions, net income per share and then-existing holders of
our common stock may experience dilution.

The nature of our business exposes us to inherent liability risks.

Our gunshot detection solutions are designed to communicate real-time alerts of gunfire incidents to police officers and first responders. Due to the nature of such
applications,  we  are  potentially  exposed  to  greater  risks  of  liability  for  employee  acts  or  omissions  or  system  failures  than  may  be  inherent  in  other  businesses. Although
substantially all of our customer agreements contain provisions limiting our liability to our customers, we cannot be certain that these limitations will be enforced or that the
costs  of  any  litigation  related  to  actual  or  alleged  omissions  or  failures  would  not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  us  even  if  we  prevail.  Further,  certain  of  our  insurance
policies and the laws of some states may limit or prohibit insurance coverage for punitive or certain other types of damages or liability arising from gross negligence, or other
issues, such as damages caused due to installation of our sensors on buildings owned by third parties, and we cannot assure you that we are adequately insured against the risks
that we face.

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real or perceived errors, failures or bugs in our software could adversely affect our operating results and growth prospects.

Because  our  software  is  complex,  undetected  errors,  failures  or  bugs  may  occur.  Our  software  is  often  installed  and  used  with  different  operating  systems,  system
management software, and equipment and networking configurations, which may cause errors or failures of our software or other aspects of the computing environment into
which it is deployed. In addition, deployment of our software into computing environments may expose undetected errors, compatibility issues, failures or bugs in our software.
Despite our testing, errors, failures or bugs may not be found in our software until it is released to our customers. Moreover, our customers could incorrectly implement or
inadvertently misuse our software, which could result in customer dissatisfaction and adversely impact the perceived utility of our products as well as our brand. Any of these
real or perceived errors, compatibility issues, failures or bugs in our software could result in negative publicity, reputational harm, loss of or delay in market acceptance of our
software, loss of competitive position or claims by customers for losses sustained by them. In any such event, we may be required, or may choose, for customer relations or
other reasons, to expend additional resources in order to correct the problem. Alleviating any of these problems could require significant expenditures of our capital and other
resources  and  could  cause  interruptions  or  delays  in  the  use  of  our  solutions,  which  could  cause  us  to  lose  existing  or  potential  customers  and  could  adversely  affect  our
operating results and growth prospects.

Interruptions  or  delays  in  service  from  our  third-party  providers  could  impair  our  ability  to  make  our  solutions  available  to  our  customers,  resulting  in  customer
dissatisfaction, damage to our reputation, loss of customers, limited growth and reduction in revenues.

We currently use third-party data center hosting facilities to host certain components of our solutions. Our operations depend, in part, on our third-party providers’
abilities to protect these facilities against damage or interruption from natural disasters, power or communications failures, cyber incidents, criminal acts and similar events. In
the event that any of our third-party facility arrangements is terminated, or if there is a lapse of service or damage to a facility, we could experience service interruptions in our
solutions as well as delays and additional expenses in arranging new facilities and services. The COVID-19 pandemic and its associated shelter-in-place orders, travel bans and
work-from-home policies may increase the likelihood of service interruptions or cyber incidents at these data center hosting facilities. Any changes in third-party service levels
at our data centers or any errors, defects, disruptions, cyber incidents or other performance problems with our solutions could harm our reputation.

Any damage to, or failure of, the systems of the communications providers with whom our data center provider contracts could result in interruptions to our solutions.
The occurrence of spikes in usage volume, natural disasters, cyber incidents, acts of terrorism, vandalism or sabotage, closure of a facility without adequate notice or other
unanticipated problems could result in lengthy interruptions in the availability of our services. Problems faced by these network providers, or with the systems by which they
allocate  capacity  among  their  customers,  including  us,  could  adversely  affect  the  experience  of  our  customers.  The  COVID-19  pandemic  and  its  associated  shelter-in-place
orders, travel bans and work-from-home policies may increase the likelihood of these problems with such network providers and their capacity allocation systems. Interruptions
in our services might cause us to issue refunds to customers and subject us to potential liability.

Further, our insurance policies may not adequately compensate us for any losses that we may incur in the event of damage or interruption, and therefore the occurrence
of any of the foregoing could subject us to liability, cause us to issue credits to customers or cause customers not to renew their subscriptions for our applications, any of which
could materially adversely affect our business.

If our security measures or those of our customers or third-party providers are compromised, or if unauthorized access to the data of our customers is otherwise obtained,
our solutions may be perceived as not being secure, our customers may be harmed and may curtail or cease their use of our solutions, our reputation may be damaged and
we may incur significant liabilities.

Our operations involve the storage and transmission of gunfire incident data, including date, time, address and GPS coordinates, occurring in our customer’s coverage

area. Our systems read, write, store and transfer information from third parties including criminal justice information. Access to some of this data is contingent on complying

37

with federal and applicable state security policies, which requires background checks, the use of encryption and compliance with other information security policies.

 Security incidents, whether as a result of third-party action, employee or customer error, technology impairment or failure, malfeasance or criminal activity, could
result  in  unauthorized  access  to,  or  loss  or  unauthorized  disclosure  of,  data  which  could  result  in;  inability  to  obtain  approvals  to  sell  our  products,  litigation  expenses  or
damages, indemnity and other contractual obligations and other possible liabilities, including but not limited to government fines and penalties and mitigation expenses, as well
as  negative  publicity,  which  could  damage  our  reputation,  impair  our  sales  and  harm  our  customers  and  our  business.  Cyber  incidents  and  malicious  internet-based  activity
continue to increase generally, and providers of cloud-based services have been targeted. If third parties with whom we work, such as vendors or developers, violate applicable
laws or our security policies, such violations may also put our systems and data at risk and could in turn have an adverse effect on our business. In addition, such a violation
could expose sensitive data including; criminal justice information, and other data we are contractually obliged to keep confidential. The COVID-19 pandemic may increase the
likelihood of such cyber incidents. We may be unable to anticipate or prevent techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems because such techniques
change frequently and often are not detected until after an incident has occurred. As we increase our customer base and our brand becomes more widely known and recognized,
third parties may increasingly seek to compromise our security controls or gain unauthorized access to customer data or other sensitive information. Further, because of the
nature of the services that we provide to our customers, we may be a unique target for attacks.

Many governments have enacted laws requiring companies to notify individuals of data security incidents or unauthorized transfers involving certain types of personal
data. In addition, some of our customers contractually require notification of any data security incident. Accordingly, security incidents experienced by our competitors, by our
customers or by us may lead to public disclosures, which may lead to widespread negative publicity. Any security compromise in our industry, whether actual or perceived,
could  harm  our  reputation,  erode  customer  confidence  in  the  effectiveness  of  our  security  measures,  negatively  impact  our  ability  to  attract  new  customers,  cause  existing
customers to elect not to renew their subscriptions or subject us to third-party lawsuits, regulatory fines or other action or liability, which could materially and adversely affect
our business and operating results. Further, the costs of compliance with notification laws and contractual obligations may be significant and any requirement that we provide
such notifications as a result of an actual or alleged compromise could have a material and adverse effect on our business.

While we maintain general liability insurance coverage and coverage for errors or omissions, we cannot assure you that such coverage would be adequate or would
otherwise protect us from liabilities or damages with respect to claims alleging compromise or loss of data, or that such coverage will continue to be available on acceptable
terms or at all.

We rely on the cooperation of customers and third parties to permit us to install our ShotSpotter sensors on their facilities, and failure to obtain these rights could increase
our costs or limit the effectiveness of our ShotSpotter Respond solution.

Our ShotSpotter Respond solution requires us to deploy ShotSpotter sensors in our customer coverage areas, which typically entails the installation of approximately
20 to 25 sensors per square mile. The ShotSpotter sensors are mounted on city facilities and third-party buildings, and occasionally on city or utility-owned light poles, and
installing the sensors requires the consent of the property owners, which can be time-consuming to obtain and can delay deployment. Generally, we do not pay a site license fee
in order to install our sensors, and our contractual agreements with these facility owners provide them the right to revoke permission to use their facility with notice of generally
60 days.

To the extent that required consents delay our ability to deploy our solutions or facility owners do not grant permission to use their facilities, revoke previously granted
permissions, or require us to pay a site license fee in order to install our sensors, our business may be harmed. If we were required to pay a site license fee in order to install
sensors,  our  deployment  expenses  would  increase,  which  would  impact  our  gross  margins.  If  we  cannot  obtain  a  sufficient  number  of  sensor  mounting  locations  that  are
appropriately dispersed in a coverage area, the effectiveness of our ShotSpotter Respond solution would be limited, we may need to reduce the coverage area of the solution.
During the COVID-19 pandemic, our installation team has been unable to travel at times. Additionally,

38

both  our  installation  team  and  our  third-party  providers  are  facing  greater  challenges  in  obtaining  permissions  to  install  and  in  installing  our  sensors.  To  the  extent  our
deployments are delayed for these reasons, we may not be able to meet our service level requirements, any of which could result in customer dissatisfaction or have a material
adverse impact on our reputation, our business and our financial results.

If we fail to offer high-quality customer support, our business and reputation may suffer.

We offer customer support 24 hours a day, seven days a week, as well as training on best practices, forensic expertise and expert witness services. Providing these
services requires that our personnel have specific experience, knowledge and expertise, making it more difficult for us to hire qualified personnel and to scale up our support
operations. The importance of high-quality customer support will increase as we expand our business and pursue new customers. We may be unable to respond quickly enough
to  accommodate  short-term  increases  in  customer  demand  for  support  services  or  scale  our  services  if  our  business  grows.  Increased  customer  demand  for  these  services,
without corresponding revenues, could increase our costs and harm our operating results. If we do not help our customers use applications within our solutions and provide
effective ongoing support, our ability to sell additional applications to, or to retain, existing customers may suffer and our reputation with existing or potential customers may be
harmed.

Our  reliance  on  wireless  carriers  will  require  updates  to  our  technology,  and  making  such  updates  could  result  in  disruptions  in  our  service  or  increase  our  costs  of
operations.

Approximately  66%  of  our  installed  ShotSpotter  sensors  use  fourth-generation  Long-Term  Evolution  (“LTE”)  wireless  technology  and  33%  use  third-generation
(“3G”) cellular communications. Our U.S. wireless carriers have advised us that they will discontinue their 3G services in the future and our ShotSpotter sensors will not be able
to  transmit  on  these  networks. As  a  result,  we  will  have  to  upgrade  the  sensors  that  use  3G  cellular  communications  at  no  additional  cost  to  our  customers  prior  to  the
discontinuation  of  3G  services.  As  our  wireless  carriers  phase  out  their  3G  services  or  make  changes  to  their  spectrum  allocation,  we  may  experience  reduced  service
performance, which may require us to replace our 3G sensors sooner than planned. Accelerated bandwidth changes by our carriers may require us to accelerate the upgrade of
our 3G sensors prior to the end of 2022, which would accelerate the costs associated with the upgrade. These sensor replacements will require significant capital expenditures,
which are estimated to be approximately $5.0 million in total and may reduce our gross margins and also divert management’s attention and other important resources away
from our customer service and sales efforts for new customers.

In the future, we may not be able to successfully implement new technologies or adapt existing technologies to changing market demands. If we are unable to adapt

timely to changing technologies, market conditions or customer preferences, our business, operating results and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

We rely on a limited number of suppliers and contract manufacturers, and our proprietary ShotSpotter sensors are manufactured by a single contract manufacturer.

We rely on a limited number of suppliers and contract manufacturers. In particular, we use a single manufacturer, with which we have no long-term contract and from
which we purchase on a purchase-order basis, to produce our proprietary ShotSpotter sensors. Our reliance on a sole contract manufacturer increases our risks since we do not
currently have any alternative or replacement manufacturers, and we do not maintain a high volume of inventory. In the event of an interruption from a contract manufacturer,
we may not be able to develop alternate or secondary sources without incurring material additional costs and substantial delays. Furthermore, these risks could materially and
adversely  affect  our  business  if  our  contract  manufacturer  is  impacted  by  a  natural  disaster  or  other  interruption  at  a  particular  location  because  each  of  our  contract
manufacturers produces our products from a single location. Although our contract manufacturer has alternative manufacturing locations, transferring manufacturing to another
location may result in significant delays in the availability of our sensors. Also, many standardized components used broadly in our sensors are manufactured in significant
quantities  in  concentrated  geographic  regions,  particularly  in  Greater  China. As  a  result,  protracted  regional  crises,  issues  with  manufacturing  facilities,  or  the  COVID-19
pandemic, could lead to eventual shortages of necessary components. It could be difficult, costly and time consuming to obtain alternative sources for these components, or to
change product designs to make use of alternative components. In addition, difficulties in transitioning from an existing supplier to a new supplier could

39

create delays in component availability that would have a significant impact on our ability to fulfill orders for our products.

Many of the key components used to manufacture our proprietary ShotSpotter sensors also come from limited or sole sources of supply. Our contract manufacturer
generally purchases these components on our behalf, and we do not have any long-term arrangements with our suppliers. We are therefore subject to the risk of shortages and
long lead times in the supply of these components and the risk that suppliers discontinue or modify components used in our products. In addition, the lead times associated with
certain components are lengthy and preclude rapid changes in quantities and delivery schedules. Developing alternate sources of supply for these components may be time-
consuming, difficult, and costly, and we or our suppliers may not be able to source these components on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all, which may undermine our
ability to fill our orders in a timely manner.

If we experience significantly increased demand, or if we need to replace an existing supplier or contract manufacturer, we may be unable to supplement or replace
such  supply  or  contract  manufacturing  on  terms  that  are  acceptable  to  us,  which  may  undermine  our  ability  to  deliver  our  products  to  customers  in  a  timely  manner.  For
example, for our ShotSpotter sensors, it may take a significant amount of time to identify a contract manufacturer that has the capability and resources to build the sensors to our
specifications.  Identifying  suitable  suppliers  and  contract  manufacturers  is  an  extensive  process  that  requires  us  to  become  satisfied  with  their  quality  control,  technical
capabilities, responsiveness and service, financial stability, regulatory compliance, and labor and other ethical practices. Accordingly, the loss of any key supplier or contract
manufacturer could adversely impact our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our solutions use third-party software and services that may be difficult to replace or cause errors or failures of our solutions that could lead to a loss of customers or harm
to our reputation and our operating results.

We license third-party software and depend on services from various third parties for use in our solutions. In the future, such software or services may not be available
to  us  on  commercially  reasonable  terms,  or  at  all. Any  loss  of  the  right  to  use  any  of  the  software  or  services  could  result  in  decreased  functionality  of  our  solutions  until
equivalent technology is either developed by us or, if available from another provider, is identified, obtained and integrated, which could harm our business. In addition, any
errors  or  defects  in  or  failures  of  the  third-party  software  or  services  could  result  in  errors  or  defects  in  our  solutions  or  cause  our  solutions  to  fail,  which  could  harm  our
business and be costly to correct. Many of these providers attempt to impose limitations on their liability for such errors, defects or failures, and if enforceable, we may have
additional liability to our customers or third-party providers that could harm our reputation and increase our operating costs.

We will need to maintain our relationships with third-party software and service providers, and obtain from such providers software and services that do not contain

any errors or defects. Any failure to do so could adversely impact our ability to deliver effective products to our customers and could harm our operating results.

If we do not or cannot maintain the compatibility of our platform with applications that our customers use, our business could suffer.

Some  of  our  customers  choose  to  integrate  our  solutions  with  certain  other  systems  used  by  our  customers,  such  as  real-time  LEEDS  platforms  or  computer-aided
dispatch  systems.  The  functionality  and  popularity  of  our  solutions  depend,  in  part,  on  our  ability  to  integrate  our  solutions  these  systems.  Providers  of  these  systems  may
change the features of their technologies, restrict our access to their applications or alter the terms governing use of their applications in an adverse manner. Such changes could
functionally  limit  or  terminate  our  ability  to  use  these  technologies  in  conjunction  with  our  solutions,  which  could  negatively  impact  our  customer  service  and  harm  our
business. If we fail to integrate our solutions with applications that our customers use, we may not be able to offer the functionality that our customers need, and our customers
may not renew their agreements, which would negatively impact our ability to generate revenues and adversely impact our business.

40

We are in the process of expanding our international operations, which exposes us to significant risks.

We currently operate in limited number of locations outside the United States. A key component to our business strategy is to expand our international operations to
increase  our  revenues  from  customers  outside  of  the  United  States  as  part  of  our  growth  strategy.  Operating  in  international  markets  requires  significant  resources  and
management attention and will subject us to regulatory, economic and political risks in addition to those we already face in the United States. In addition, we will need to invest
time and resources in understanding the regulatory framework and political environments of our potential customers overseas in order to focus our sales efforts. Because such
regulatory and political considerations are likely to vary across jurisdictions, this effort will require additional time and attention from our sales team and could lead to a sales
cycle that is longer than our typical process for sales in the United States. We also may need to hire additional employees and otherwise invest in our international operations in
order  to  reach  new  customers.  Because  of  our  limited  experience  with  international  operations  as  well  as  developing  and  managing  sales  in  international  markets,  our
international expansion efforts may be delayed or may not be successful.

In addition, we face and will continue to face risks in doing business internationally that could adversely affect our business, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the potential impact of currency exchange fluctuations;

the need to comply with local data residency requirements;

the availability and reliability of local data centers and internet bandwidth providers;

the  difficulty  of  staffing  and  managing  international  operations  and  the  increased  operations,  travel,  shipping  and  compliance  costs  associated  with  having
customers in numerous international locations;

potentially greater difficulty collecting accounts receivable and longer payment cycles;

the availability and cost of coverage by wireless carriers in international markets;

higher or more variable costs associated with wireless carriers and other service providers;

the need to offer customer support in various languages;

challenges in understanding and complying with local laws, regulations and customs in foreign jurisdictions, including laws regarding privacy and government
surveillance;

export controls and economic sanctions administered by the Department of Commerce Bureau of Industry and Security and the Treasury Department’s Office
of Foreign Assets Control;

compliance with various anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and United Kingdom Bribery Act of 2010;

tariffs and other non-tariff barriers, such as quotas and local content rules;

more limited protection for our intellectual property in some countries;

adverse or uncertain tax consequences as a result of international operations;

currency control regulations, which might restrict or prohibit our conversion of other currencies into U.S. dollars;

restrictions on the transfer of funds;

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•

•

deterioration of political relations between the United States and other countries; and

political  or  social  unrest,  global  pandemics  such  as  the  COVID-19  pandemic  or  economic  instability  in  a  specific  country  or  region  in  which  we  operate,
which could have an adverse impact on our operations in that location.

Also, we expect that due to costs related to our international expansion efforts and the increased cost of doing business internationally, we will incur higher costs to
secure  sales  to  international  customers  than  the  comparable  costs  for  domestic  customers. As  a  result,  our  financial  results  may  fluctuate  as  we  expand  our  operations  and
customer base worldwide.

Our  failure  to  manage  any  of  these  risks  successfully  could  harm  our  international  operations,  and  adversely  affect  our  business,  operating  results  and  financial

condition.

We  are  dependent  on  the  continued  services  and  performance  of  our  senior  management  and  other  key  personnel,  the  loss  of  any  of  whom  could  adversely  affect  our
business.

Our  future  success  depends  in  large  part  on  the  continued  contributions  of  our  senior  management  and  other  key  personnel.  In  particular,  the  leadership  of  key
management  personnel  is  critical  to  the  successful  management  of  our  company,  the  development  of  our  products,  and  our  strategic  direction.  We  also  depend  on  the
contributions of key technical personnel.

We do not maintain “key person” insurance for any member of our senior management team or any of our other key  employees.  Our  senior  management  and  key
personnel are all employed on an at-will basis, which means that they could terminate their employment with us at any time, for any reason and without notice. The loss of any
of our key management personnel could significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our development and strategic objectives and adversely affect our business.

If we are unable to attract, integrate and retain additional qualified personnel, including top technical talent, our business could be adversely affected.

Our future success depends in part on our ability to identify, attract, integrate and retain highly skilled technical, managerial, sales and other personnel. We face intense
competition  for  qualified  individuals  from  numerous  other  companies,  including  other  software  and  technology  companies,  many  of  whom  have  greater  financial  and  other
resources  than  we  do.  Some  of  these  characteristics  may  be  more  appealing  to  high-quality  candidates  than  those  we  have  to  offer.  In  addition,  new  hires  often  require
significant  training  and,  in  many  cases,  take  significant  time  before  they  achieve  full  productivity.  We  may  incur  significant  costs  to  attract  and  retain  qualified  personnel,
including significant expenditures related to salaries and benefits and compensation expenses related to equity awards, and we may lose new employees to our competitors or
other companies before we realize the benefit of our investment in recruiting and training them. Moreover, new employees, especially those who work from home, may not be
or become as productive as we expect, as we may face challenges in adequately or appropriately integrating them into our workforce and culture. If we are unable to attract,
integrate and retain suitably qualified individuals who are capable of meeting our growing technical, operational and managerial requirements, on a timely basis or at all, our
business will be adversely affected.

Volatility  or  lack  of  positive  performance  in  our  stock  price  may  also  affect  our  ability  to  attract  and  retain  our  key  employees.  Many  of  our  senior  management
personnel and other key employees have become, or will soon become, vested in a substantial amount of stock or stock options. Employees may be more likely to leave us if
the shares they own or the shares underlying their vested options have significantly appreciated in value relative to the original purchase prices of the shares or the exercise
prices  of  the  options,  or,  conversely,  if  the  exercise  prices  of  the  options  that  they  hold  are  significantly  above  the  market  price  of  our  common  stock.  If  we  are  unable  to
appropriately incentivize and retain our employees through equity compensation, or if we need to increase our compensation expenses in order to appropriately incentivize and
retain our employees, our business, operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected.

42

 
 
Legal and Regulatory Risks

We  and  our  use  of  outdoor  acoustic  sensors,  are  subject  to  governmental  regulation  and  other  legal  obligations,  particularly  related  to  privacy,  data  protection  and
information security, and our actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could harm our business. Compliance with such laws could impair our efforts to
maintain and expand our customer base, and thereby decrease our revenues.

Our  outdoor  sensors  are  acoustic  devices  that  are  designed  to  recognize  impulsive  sounds  that  are  likely  to  be  gunfire.  ShotSpotter  sensors  do  not  use  high  gain,
directional or other specialized microphones, or have the ability to live stream audio. Typically, sounds, noises or voices captured on the secure sensors are cached temporarily
but  are  written  over  and  permanently  deleted  within  30  hours.  When  a  sensor  is  triggered  by  an  impulsive  sound,  it  creates  a  potential  gunshot  “incident”  that  contains  a
recording, which includes  no  more  than  one  second  before  the  incident  and  one  second  after  the  incident.  This  incident  audio  snippet  is  preserved  indefinitely  for  potential
evidentiary use. We also use information collected to support, expand and improve our software algorithms as well as our gunfire detection and notification methods.

Our sensors are not designed or tuned to capture human voices, but are often installed in densely populated urban areas and it is possible they could pick up a human
voice that is audible at the same time as the loud impulsive sound. Human voices are not impulsive and do not typically trigger the sensors, and unless accompanied by an
impulsive sound no audio snippet would be transmitted out of the sensor and preserved as an incident audio snippet. Any human voice not associated with a loud impulsive
sound  would  be  temporarily  cached  on  the  sensor  for  30  hours  and  would  then  be  written  over  and  permanently  deleted.  Information  derived  from  loud  impulsive  sounds
(“incidents”) and the associated audio snippet of the loud impulsive sounds are provided to our customers. Audio shared with our customers is limited, by both our technology
and our privacy policies, to the audio snippet containing the incident.

Our handling and storage of data is subject to a variety of local, state, federal and foreign laws and regulations, including restrictions on audio monitoring and the
collection,  use,  storage  and  disclosure  of  personal  information.  In  the  United  States,  such  laws  include  federal  and  state  consumer  protection  laws  under  which  the  Federal
Trade Commission and state attorneys general have imposed standards for the collection, use, disclosure and security of personal information.

In addition, states are beginning to adopt and consider proposals for new comprehensive privacy laws and regulations. While these laws vary, the generally require
companies to implement privacy policies and security measures, permit users to access, correct and delete personal information, inform individuals of security breaches that
affect  their  personal  information,  and,  in  some  cases,  obtain  individuals’  consent  to  use  personal  information  for  certain  purposes.  For  example,  California  enacted  the
California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018, or CCPA, which took effect on January 1, 2020. The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of
action for statutory damages in connection with certain data breaches. Further, in November 2020, California voters passed the California Privacy Rights Act, or CPRA, which
will  substantially  expand  the  CCPA  when  it  takes  effect  on  January  1,  2023.  Among  other  things,  the  CPRA  will  introduce  data  minimization  and  storage  limitation
requirements and create a new regulatory agency to implement and enforce the law. Virginia has similarly enacted a comprehensive privacy law, the Consumer Data Protection
Act, which emulates the CCPA and CPRA in many respects. Legislative proposals to adopt comprehensive privacy laws in other states are under consideration.

In  addition,  foreign  laws  and  regulations  pertaining  to  privacy,  data  protection  and  information  security  –  including  in  Europe,  Brazil  and  Japan  –  have  becoming
increasingly stringent in recent years and legislative proposals for similar requirements are being considered in several other major foreign economies. Many of these countries
are  also  beginning  to  impose  or  increase  restrictions  on  the  transfer  of  personal  information  to  other  countries.  Data  protection  restrictions  in  these  countries  may  limit  the
services we can offer in them, which in turn may limit demand for our services in such countries.

Many of the new and proposed laws and regulations concerning privacy, data protection and information security are in their early stages, and we cannot yet determine
how these laws and regulations may be interpreted or impact our business. The lack of a clear and universal standard for handling and protecting such information means that
these obligations may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another and may conflict with other requirements or our practices. Any
failure or perceived failure by us to comply with

43

privacy or security laws, policies, legal obligations or industry standards or any security incident that results in the unauthorized access to or disclosure of personal information
or customer data  may  result  in  governmental  enforcement  actions,  litigation,  fines  and  penalties  and/or  adverse  publicity,  and  could  cause  our  customers  to  lose  trust  in  us,
which could have a material adverse effect on our reputation and on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Some proposed laws or regulations concerning privacy, data protection and information security are in their early stages, and we cannot yet determine how these laws
and regulations may be interpreted nor can we determine the impact these proposed laws and regulations, may have on our business. Such proposed laws and regulations may
require companies to implement privacy and security policies, permit users to access, correct and delete personal information stored or maintained by such companies, inform
individuals  of  security  breaches  that  affect  their  personal  information,  and,  in  some  cases,  obtain  individuals’  consent  to  use  personal  information  for  certain  purposes.  In
addition, a foreign government could require that any personal information collected in a country not be disseminated outside of that country, and we may not be currently
equipped to comply with such a requirement. Our failure to comply with federal, state and international data privacy laws and regulators could harm our ability to successfully
operate our business and pursue our business goals.

We may be subject to additional obligations to collect and remit certain taxes, and we may be subject to tax liability for past activities, which could harm our business.

State, local and foreign jurisdictions have differing rules and regulations governing sales, use, value added and other taxes, and these rules and regulations are subject
to varying interpretations that may change over time, particularly with respect to software-as-a-service products like our solutions. Further, these jurisdictions’ rules regarding
tax  nexus  are  complex  and  vary  significantly.  If  one  or  more  jurisdictions  were  to  assert  that  we  have  failed  to  collect  taxes  for  sales  of  our  solutions,  we  could  face  the
possibility of tax assessments and audits. A successful assertion that we should be collecting additional sales, use, value added or other taxes in those jurisdictions where we
have not historically done so and do not accrue for such taxes could result in substantial tax liabilities and related penalties for past sales or otherwise harm our business and
operating results.

Our ability to use our net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

As of December 31, 2020, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”) of approximately $80.4 million, of which $75.5 million will begin to expire in
2026, if not utilized. The remaining net operating losses of $4.9 million can be carried forward indefinitely under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. As of December 31, 2020, we also
had state NOLs of approximately $51.1 million, which will expire, if not utilized, between 2021 through 2039. These federal and state NOLs may be available to reduce future
income subject to income taxes. In general, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“the Code”), a corporation that undergoes an “ownership
change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its NOLs to offset future taxable income. Past or future changes in our stock ownership, some of which are outside of
our control, may have resulted or could result in an ownership change. State NOLs generated in one state cannot be used to offset income generated in another state. In addition,
at the state level, there may be periods during which the use of NOLs is suspended or otherwise limited, such as a 2020 temporary suspension of the ability to use California
NOLs and limitation on the use of certain tax credits to offset California income and tax liabilities, which could accelerate or permanently increase state taxes owed.

We may be subject to litigation for a variety of claims or to other legal requests, which could adversely affect our results of operations, harm our reputation or otherwise
negatively impact our business.

We may be subject to litigation for a variety of claims arising from our normal business activities. These may include claims, suits, and proceedings involving labor
and employment, wage and hour, commercial and other matters. The outcome of any litigation, regardless of its merits, is inherently uncertain. Any claims and lawsuits, and the
disposition of such claims and lawsuits, could be time-consuming and expensive to resolve, divert management attention and resources, and lead to attempts on the part of other
parties to pursue similar claims. Any adverse determination related to litigation could adversely affect our results of operations, harm our reputation or otherwise negatively
impact our business. In addition, depending on the nature and timing of any such dispute, a resolution of a legal matter could materially affect our future operating results, our
cash flows or both.

44

An unfavorable outcome on any litigation matters could require us to pay substantial damages, or, in connection with any intellectual property infringement claims,
could require us to pay ongoing royalty payments or could prevent us from selling certain of our products. As a result, a settlement of, or an unfavorable outcome on, any of the
matters referenced above or other litigation matters could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition and cash flows.

We, or our customers, may be subject to requests for our data or information concerning our techniques and processes, pursuant to state or federal law (for example,
public-records requests or subpoenas to provide information or to testify in court). This data and information, some of which we may deem to be confidential or trade secrets,
could therefore become a matter of public record and also become accessible by competitors, which could negatively impact our business.

Changes in financial accounting standards may cause adverse and unexpected revenues fluctuations and impact our reported results of operations.

The accounting rules and regulations that we must comply with are complex and subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities
and Exchange Commission and various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. In addition, many companies’ accounting disclosures are
being  subjected  to  heightened  scrutiny  by  regulators  and  the  public.  Further,  the  accounting  rules  and  regulations  are  continually  changing  in  ways  that  could  impact  our
financial statements.

Changes to accounting principles or our accounting policies on our financial statements going forward are difficult to predict, could have a significant effect on our
reported financial results, and could affect the reporting of transactions completed before the announcement of the change. In addition, were we to change our critical accounting
estimates, including the timing of recognition of subscription and professional services revenues and other revenues sources, our results of operations could be significantly
impacted.

Failure to protect our intellectual property rights could adversely affect our business.

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to protect proprietary methods and technologies that we develop or license under patent and other intellectual property laws
of the United States, as well as our brands, so that we can prevent others profiting from them. We rely on a combination of contractual and intellectual property rights, including
non-disclosure  agreements,  patents,  trade  secrets,  copyrights  and  trademarks,  to  establish  and  protect  our  intellectual  property  rights  in  our  names,  services,  innovations,
methodologies and related technologies. If we fail to protect our intellectual property rights adequately, our competitors might gain access to our technology and our business
might be adversely affected.

As of December 31, 2020, we had 32 U.S. patents directed to our technologies, as well as one granted patent in Israel and one granted patent in Mexico. The issued
patents expire on various dates from 2022 to 2034. We also license one patent from a third party, which expires in 2023. We have patent applications pending for examination
in the United States, Europe, Mexico and Brazil, but we cannot guarantee that these patent applications will be granted. We also license one other U.S. patent from one third
party. The patents that we own or those that we license from others (including those that may be issued in the future) may not provide us with any competitive advantages or
may be challenged by third parties.

The process of obtaining patent protection is expensive and time-consuming, and we may not be able to prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a
reasonable cost or in a timely manner. Even if issued, there can be no assurance that these patents will adequately protect our intellectual property, as the legal standards relating
to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of patent and other intellectual property rights are uncertain.

Any patents that are issued may subsequently be invalidated or otherwise limited, allowing other companies to develop offerings that compete with ours, which could
adversely  affect  our  competitive  business  position,  business  prospects  and  financial  condition.  In  addition,  issuance  of  a  patent  does  not  guarantee  that  we  have  a  right  to
practice the patented invention. Patent applications in the United States are typically not published until 18 months after their

45

earliest priority date or, in some cases, not at all, and publications of discoveries in industry-related literature lag behind actual discoveries.  We  cannot  be  certain  that  third
parties do not have blocking patents that could be used to prevent us from marketing or practicing our software or technology.

Effective patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret protection may not be available to us in every country in which our software is available. The laws of some
foreign countries may not be as protective of intellectual property rights as those in the United States (in particular, some foreign jurisdictions do not permit patent protection
for  software),  and  mechanisms  for  enforcement  of  intellectual  property  rights  may  be  inadequate. Additional  uncertainty  may  result  from  changes  to  intellectual  property
legislation enacted in the United States, including the recent America Invents Act, or to the laws of other countries and from interpretations of the intellectual property laws of
the United States and other countries by applicable courts and agencies. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may be unable to prevent third parties from infringing upon or
misappropriating our intellectual property.

We rely in part on trade secrets, proprietary know-how and other confidential information to maintain our competitive position. Although we endeavor to enter into
non-disclosure agreements with our employees, licensees and others who may have access to this information, we cannot assure you that these agreements or other steps we
have taken will prevent unauthorized use, disclosure or reverse engineering of our technology. Moreover, third parties may independently develop technologies or products that
compete with ours, and we may be unable to prevent this competition. Third parties also may seek access to our trade secrets, proprietary know-how and other confidential
information through legal measures (for example, public-records requests or subpoenas to provide information or to testify in court) and it could be expensive to defend against
those requests. Disclosure of our trade secrets, proprietary know-how and other confidential information could negatively impact our business.

We might be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect our intellectual property rights. We may initiate claims or litigation against third parties for
infringement of our proprietary rights or to establish the validity of our proprietary rights. Litigation also puts our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly
and our patent applications at risk of not issuing. Additionally, we may provoke third parties to assert counterclaims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we
initiate, and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially viable. Any litigation, whether or not resolved in our favor, could result in significant
expense to us and divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel, which may adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition and cash flows.

We may be subject to intellectual property rights claims by third parties, which are extremely costly to defend, could require us to pay significant damages and could limit
our ability to use certain technologies.

Companies in the software and technology industries, including some of our current and potential competitors, own large numbers of patents, copyrights, trademarks
and trade secrets and frequently enter into litigation based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. In addition, many of these companies
have the capability to dedicate substantially greater resources to enforce their intellectual property rights and to defend claims that may be brought against them. The litigation
may involve patent holding companies or other adverse patent owners that have no relevant product revenues and against which our patents may therefore provide little or no
deterrence.  We  may  have  previously  received,  and  may  in  the  future  receive,  notices  that  claim  we  have  misappropriated,  misused,  or  infringed  other  parties’  intellectual
property rights, and, to the extent we gain greater market visibility, we face a higher risk of being the subject of intellectual property infringement claims.

There may be third-party intellectual property rights, including issued or pending patents that cover significant aspects of our technologies or business methods. Any
intellectual property claims, with or without merit, could be very time-consuming, could be expensive to settle or litigate and could divert our management’s attention and other
resources. These claims could also subject us to significant liability for damages, potentially including treble damages if we are found to have willfully infringed patents or
copyrights. These claims could also result in our having to stop using technology found to be in violation of a third party’s rights. We might be required to seek a license for the
intellectual property, which may not be available on a timely basis, on reasonable terms or at all. We also may be required to modify our products, services, internal systems or
technologies. Even if a license were available, we could be required to pay significant royalties, which would increase our operating expenses. As a result, we may be required
to develop alternative non-infringing technology, which could require significant effort and expense. If we cannot license or develop technology for any infringing aspect of our
business, we would be

46

forced to limit or stop sales of our software and may be unable to compete effectively. Any of these results would adversely affect our business, operating results, financial
condition and cash flows.

Our use of open source software could subject us to possible litigation.

A portion of our technologies incorporates open source software, and we expect to continue to incorporate open source software into our platform in the future. Few of
the licenses applicable to open source software have been interpreted by courts, and their application to the open source software integrated into our proprietary technology
platform  may  be  uncertain.  If  we  fail  to  comply  with  these  licenses,  then  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  these  licenses,  we  may  be  subject  to  certain  requirements,  including
requirements that we make available the source code for our software that incorporates the open source software. We cannot assure you that we have not incorporated open
source software in our software in a manner that is inconsistent with the terms of the applicable licenses or our current policies and procedures. If an author or other third party
that distributes such open source software were to allege that we had not complied with the conditions of one or more of these licenses, we could incur significant legal expenses
defending against such allegations. Litigation could be costly for us to defend, have a negative effect on our operating results and financial condition or require us to devote
additional research and development resources to change our technology platform.

Risks Related to the Ownership of Our Common Stock

Our stock price may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, resulting in substantial losses for investors.

The market price  of  our  common  stock  has  fluctuated  and  may  continue  to  fluctuate  significantly  in  response  to  numerous  factors,  many  of  which  are  beyond  our

control, including the factors listed below and other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;

the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections or our failure to meet these projections;

failure  of  securities  analysts  to  initiate  or  maintain  coverage  of  our  company,  changes  in  financial  estimates  by  any  securities  analysts  who  follow  our
company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

ratings changes by any securities analysts who follow our company;

changes in the availability of federal funding to support local law enforcement efforts, or local budgets;

announcements by us of significant technical innovations, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other software companies generally;

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market, including as a result of trends in the economy as a whole;

changes in our board of directors or management;

sales of large blocks of our common stock, including sales by our executive officers, directors and significant stockholders;

lawsuits threatened or filed against us;

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•

•

•

•

•

novel and unforeseen market forces and trading strategies, as well as short sales, hedging and other derivative transactions involving our capital stock;

the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic;

general economic conditions in the United States and abroad;  

other events or factors, including those resulting from pandemics, protests against racial inequality, protests against police brutality and movements such as
“Defund the Police”, war, incidents of terrorism or responses to these events; and

media  misperception  of  our  sales  and  customer  relationships,  including  press  announcements  or  media  mentions  of  future  sales  that  may  be  misleading  or
inaccurate.

In addition, stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of
many  software  companies.  Stock  prices  of  many  software  companies  have  fluctuated  in  a  manner  unrelated  or  disproportionate  to  the  operating  performance  of  those
companies. Broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political, regulatory and market conditions, may negatively impact the market price of our
common stock. In the past, stockholders have instituted securities action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it
could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business and adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition
and cash flows.

Substantial future sales of shares of our common stock could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Certain holders of our shares of common stock have the right, subject to various conditions and limitations, to include their shares of our common stock in registration
statements relating to our securities, including approximately 3.3 million shares that were registered in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-3 that became
effective on July 27, 2018, of which approximately 136,000 were sold in an underwritten registered follow-on offering in March 2019. If the offer and sale of these shares are
registered, they will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act. In addition, non-affiliates have the ability to sell shares of our common stock in the open
market or through block trades without being subject to volume restrictions under Rule 144 of the Securities Act. In addition, in the future we may issue common stock or other
securities if we need to raise additional capital. The number of new shares of our common stock issued in connection with raising additional capital could constitute a material
portion of the then outstanding shares of our common stock. In the event a large number of shares of common stock are sold in the public market, such share sales could reduce
the trading price of our common stock.

Stock  repurchases  could  increase  the  volatility  of  the  trading  price  of  our  common  stock  and  diminish  our  cash  reserves,  and  we  cannot  guarantee  that  our  stock
repurchase program will enhance long-term stockholder value.

In May 2019, our board of directors adopted a stock repurchase program for up to $15 million of our common stock, of which $8.3 million had been utilized as of
December 31, 2020, leaving $6.7 million remaining. Although our board of directors has authorized the stock repurchase program, it does not obligate us to repurchase any
specific dollar amount or number of shares, there is no expiration date for the stock repurchase program, and the stock repurchase program may be modified, suspended or
terminated  at  any  time  and  for  any  reason.  The  timing  and  actual  number  of  shares  repurchased  under  the  stock  repurchase  program  will  depend  on  a  variety  of  factors,
including the acquisition price of the shares, our liquidity position, general market and economic conditions, legal and regulatory requirements and other considerations. Our
ability to repurchase shares may also be limited by restrictive covenants in our existing credit agreement or in future borrowing arrangements we may enter into from time to
time.

Repurchases  of  our  shares  could  increase  the  volatility  of  the  trading  price  of  our  stock,  which  could  have  a  negative  impact  on  the  trading  price  of  our  stock.

Similarly, the future announcement of the termination or

48

 
 
 
 
 
suspension of the stock repurchase program, or our decision not to utilize the full authorized repurchase amount under the stock repurchase program, could result in a decrease
in the trading price of our stock. In addition, the stock repurchase program could have the impact of diminishing our cash reserves, which may impact our ability to finance our
growth, complete acquisitions and execute our strategic plan. There can be no assurance that any share repurchases we do elect to make will enhance stockholder value because
the market price of our common stock may decline below the levels at which we repurchased our shares. Although our stock repurchase program is intended to enhance long-
term stockholder value, we cannot guarantee that it will do so and short-term stock price fluctuations could reduce the effectiveness of the stock repurchase program.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or publish negative reports about our business, our share price and trading volume
could decline.

The trading market for our common stock depends in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business, our market
and  our  competitors.  We  do  not  have  any  control  over  these  analysts.  If  one  or  more  of  the  analysts  who  cover  us  downgrade  our  shares  of  common  stock  or  change  their
opinion of our shares of common stock, our share price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports
on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our share price or trading volume to decline.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common
stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the “JOBS Act”), and we take advantage of certain exemptions from
various  reporting  requirements  that  are  applicable  to  other  public  companies  that  are  not  “emerging  growth  companies”  including,  but  not  limited  to,  not  being  required  to
comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic
reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden
parachute payments not previously approved. We will remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, although we will cease to be an “emerging growth company”
upon the earliest of (i) December 31, 2022, (ii) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues are $1.07 billion or more, (iii) the date on which we have,
during the previous rolling three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt securities or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated
filer”  as  defined  in  the  Exchange Act.  We  cannot  predict  if  investors  will  find  our  common  stock  less  attractive  or  our  company  less  comparable  to  certain  other  public
companies because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors  find  our  common  stock  less  attractive  as  a  result,  there  may  be  a  less  active  trading  market  for  our
common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

We incur substantial costs as a result of being a public company.

As a public company, we are incurring significant levels of legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We are subject
to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act, the listing requirements of the Nasdaq Capital Market, and other applicable
securities  rules  and  regulations.  Compliance  with  these  rules  and  regulations  increases  our  legal  and  financial  compliance  costs,  makes  some  activities  more  difficult,  time-
consuming or costly and increases demand on our systems and resources as compared to when we operated as a private company. The Exchange Act requires, among other
things,  that  we  file  annual,  quarterly  and  current  reports  with  respect  to  our  business  and  operating  results.  The  Sarbanes-Oxley Act  requires,  among  other  things,  that  we
maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and
procedures  and  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  meet  this  standard,  significant  resources  and  management  oversight  may  be  required. As  a  result,  management’s
attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could adversely affect our business and operating results. Although we have already hired additional corporate
employees to comply with these requirements, we may need to hire more corporate employees in the future or engage outside consultants, which would increase our costs and
expenses.

49

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing
legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time-consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many
cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This
could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to
invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of
management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the
activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us
and our business may be adversely affected.

As a result of disclosure of information in this report and in the filings that we are required to make as a public company, our business, operating results and financial
condition have become more visible, which has resulted in, and may in the future result in threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties. If any
such claims are successful, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected, and even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in
our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and adversely affect our business, operating results
and financial condition.

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We anticipate that we
will retain all of our future earnings for use in the development of our business and for general corporate purposes. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at
the discretion of our board of directors. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to
realize any future gains on their investments.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to
replace or remove our current management and limit the market price of our common stock.

Provisions  in  our  certificate  of  incorporation  and  bylaws  may  have  the  effect  of  delaying  or  preventing  a  change  of  control  or  changes  in  our  management.  Our

certificate of incorporation and bylaws include provisions that:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

establish a classified board of directors so that not all members of our board of directors are elected at one time;

permit the board of directors to establish the number of directors and fill any vacancies and newly-created directorships;

provide that directors may only be removed for cause;

require super-majority voting to amend some provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws;

authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that our board of directors could use to implement a stockholder rights plan;

eliminate the ability of our stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders;

prohibit stockholder action by written consent, which requires all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•

•

provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws; and

establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at
annual stockholder meetings.

In addition, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits stockholders owning 15% or more
of our outstanding voting stock from merging or otherwise combining with us for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became a 15% stockholder
without the consent of our board of directors. These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by
making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management, and otherwise
discourage management takeover attempts.

Our certificate of incorporation contains exclusive forum provisions that could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

Pursuant to our certificate of incorporation, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the
sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our
directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our
certificate of incorporation or our bylaws or (4) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Our certificate of incorporation further provides that any
person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our common stock is deemed to have notice of and consented to the foregoing provision.

Our certificate of incorporation further provides that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint
asserting  a  cause  of  action  arising  under  the  Securities Act.  These  forum  selection  clauses  in  our  certificate of  incorporation  may  limit  our  stockholders’  ability  to  obtain  a
favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

Item 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not Applicable.

Item 2. PROPERTIES

Our  principal  facilities  consist  of  office  space  for  our  corporate  headquarters  in  Newark,  California.  We  also  have  offices  in  Washington  D.C.  and  Newark,  New

Jersey.

We  lease  our  facilities  and  do  not  own  any  real  property.  We  may  procure  additional  space  as  we  add  employees  and  expand  geographically.  We  believe  that  our
facilities are adequate to meet our needs for the immediate future and that should it be needed, suitable additional space will be available to accommodate expansion of our
operations.

Item 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

On August  28,  2018,  Silvon  S.  Simmons  (the  “Plaintiff”)  amended  a  complaint  against  the  City  of  Rochester,  New  York  and  various  city  employees,  filed  in  the
United States District Court, Western District of New York, to add us and employees as a defendant. The amended complaint alleges conspiracy to violate the Plaintiff's civil
rights, denial of the right to a fair trial, and malicious prosecution. The Plaintiff claims that we colluded with the City of Rochester to fabricate and create gunshot alert evidence
to  secure  Plaintiff's  conviction.  On  the  basis  of  the  allegations,  the  Plaintiff  has  petitioned  for  compensatory  and  punitive  damages  and  other  costs  and  expenses,  including
attorney’s fees. We believe that the Plaintiff’s claims are without merit and are disputing them vigorously.

51

 
 
We may become subject to legal proceedings, as well as demands and claims that arise in the normal course of our business, including claims of alleged infringement
of third-party patents and other intellectual property rights, breach of contract, employment law violations, and other matters and matters involving requests for information
from us or our customers under federal or state law. Such claims, even if not meritorious, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and management resources. We
make a provision for a liability relating to legal matters when it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. These
provisions  are  reviewed  and  adjusted  to  include  the  impacts  of  negotiations,  estimated  settlements,  legal  rulings,  advice  of  legal  counsel,  and  other  information  and  events
pertaining to a particular matter.

An unfavorable outcome on any litigation matters could require payment of substantial damages, or, in connection with any intellectual property infringement claims,
could require us to pay ongoing royalty payments or could prevent us from selling certain of our products. As a result, a settlement of, or an unfavorable outcome on, any of the
matters referenced above or other litigation matters or legal proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition and cash
flows.

Item 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not Applicable.

52

PART II

Item 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON STOCK, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

Market Information of Common Stock

Our common stock has been listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “SSTI” since June 7, 2017. Prior to that date, there was no public trading market for

our common stock.

On March 23, 2021, the last reported sale price of our common stock as reported on the Nasdaq Capital Market was $35.24 per share. As of March 23, 2021, we had
approximately 75 holders of record of our common stock. The actual number of stockholders is greater than this number of record holders, and includes stockholders who are
beneficial owners, but whose shares are held in street name by brokers and other nominees. This number of holders of record also does not include stockholders whose shares
may be held in trust by other entities.

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for the operation and
expansion of our business and, therefore, we do not anticipate declaring or paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The payment of dividends will be at the discretion of
our board of directors and will depend on our results of operations, capital requirements, financial condition, prospects, contractual arrangements, any limitations on payment of
dividends present in our future debt agreements, and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

Sale of Unregistered Securities and Use of Proceeds

(a)

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities

Not applicable.

(b)

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Not applicable.

(c)

Use of Proceeds from Public Offering of Common Stock

Our  initial  public  offering  of  common  stock  (the  “IPO”)  was  effected  through  a  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1  (File  No.  333-217603),  which  was  declared
effective on June 6, 2017. There has been no material change in the planned use of proceeds from our IPO as described in our final prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to
Rule 424(b) and other periodic reports previously filed with the SEC.

We used $13.7 million of the net proceeds from our IPO to repay outstanding indebtedness of $13.5 million, including early termination fees of $0.2 million, during
the quarter ending September 30, 2017. On October 3, 2018, we used $1.7 million of our IPO proceeds to fund the acquisition of HunchLab. On November 24, 2020, we used
$14.6 million of our IPO proceeds to fund the acquisition of LEEDS.

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

Information  about  securities  authorized  for  issuance  under  our  equity  compensation  plan  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Item  12  of  Part  III  of  this Annual

Report on Form 10-K.

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 6. SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

We are a smaller reporting company as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act and are not required to provide the information required under this item.

54

 
 
Item 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and
accompanying notes included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section
27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). These statements are often identified by the use of words
such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “project,” “will,” “would” or the negative or plural of these words or
similar expressions or variations. Such forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other factors that could cause actual results
and the timing of certain events to differ materially from future results expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such
differences include, but are not limited to, those identified herein, and those discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors”, set forth in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K and in our other SEC filings. You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Furthermore, such forward-looking statements
speak only as of the date of this report. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after
the date of such statements.

Overview

We provide precision-policing and security solutions for law enforcement and security personnel to help prevent and reduce gun violence and make cities, campuses
and facilities safer. Our flagship public safety solution, ShotSpotter Respond (formerly ShotSpotter Flex), is the leading outdoor gunshot detection, location and alerting system.
Our  gunshot  detection  solutions  are  trusted  by  law  enforcement  agencies  in  over  110  cities  as  of  December  31,  2020.  Our  patrol  management  software,  ShotSpotter
Connect (formerly ShotSpotter Missions), uses artificial intelligence-driven analysis to help strategically plan directed patrols and have consistent use of tactics to deter a broad
set  of  crime  types.  Our  security  solutions,  ShotSpotter  SecureCampus  and  ShotSpotter  SiteSecure,  are  designed  to  help  law  enforcement  and  security  personnel  serving
universities, corporate campuses, big box retail, malls and key infrastructure or transportation centers mitigate risk and enhance security by notifying authorities of a potential
outdoor gunfire incident, saving critical minutes for first responders to arrive. ShotSpotter Investigate™, adds case management to our expanding suite of precision policing
technology solutions and provides agencies with a cloud-based investigative digital case folder and analytical and collaboration tools to improve case closure rates. In 2019, we
created a new technology innovation unit, ShotSpotter Labs, to expand our efforts supporting innovative uses of our technology to help protect wildlife and the environment

Our gunshot detection solutions consist of highly-specialized, cloud-based software integrated with proprietary, internet-enabled sensors designed to detect outdoor
gunfire. The speed and accuracy of our gunfire alerts enable law enforcement and security personnel to consistently and quickly respond to shooting events including those
unreported through 911, which can increase the chances of apprehending the shooter, providing timely aid to victims, and identifying witnesses before they scatter, as well as
aid in evidentiary collection and serve as an overall deterrent. When a potential gunfire incident is detected by our sensors, our  system  precisely  locates  where  the  incident
occurred and applies machine classification combined with human review to analyze and validate the incident. An alert containing a location on a map and critical information
about the incident is sent directly to subscribing law enforcement or security personnel through any internet-connected computer and to iPhone or Android mobile devices.

Our  software  sends  validated  gunfire  data  along  with  the  audio  of  the  triggering  sound  to  our  Incident  Review  Center  (“IRC”),  where  our  trained  incident  review
specialists are on duty 24 hours a day, seven days a week, 365 days a year to screen and confirm actual gunfire incidents. Our trained incident review specialists can supplement
alerts  with  additional  tactical  information,  such  as  the  potential  presence  of  multiple  shooters  or  the  use  of  high-capacity  weapons.  Gunshot  incidents  reviewed  by  our  IRC
result in alerts typically sent within approximately 45 seconds of the receipt of the gunfire incident.

55

 
 
 
We generate annual subscription revenues from the deployment of ShotSpotter Respond on a per-square-mile basis. Our security solutions, ShotSpotter SecureCampus
and ShotSpotter SiteSecure, are typically sold on a subscription basis, each with a customized deployment plan. Our ShotSpotter Connect solution is also sold on a subscription
basis. As of December 31, 2020, we had ShotSpotter Respond, ShotSpotter SecureCampus and ShotSpotter SiteSecure coverage areas under contract for 813 square miles, of
which 779 square miles had gone live. Coverage areas under contract included over 100 cities and 12 campuses/sites across the United States, South Africa and the Bahamas,
including three of the ten largest cities in the United States. Most of our revenues are attributable to customers based in the United States.

As  a  result  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  work-from-home  and  travel  ban  policies  designed  to  protect  the  health  of  employees,  and  related  government-mandated
restrictions, our ability to deploy customer solutions since mid-March 2020 has been adversely impacted. While this disruption is currently expected to be temporary, there is
considerable uncertainty around the magnitude or duration.

While  we  intend  to  continue  to  devote  resources  to  increase  sales  of  our  ShotSpotter  SecureCampus,  ShotSpotter  SiteSecure,  ShotSpotter  Labs  and ShotSpotter
Connect solutions, we expect that revenues from our ShotSpotter Respond solution will continue to comprise a substantial majority of our revenues for the foreseeable future.
ShotSpotter Labs projects are generally conducted in coordination with a sponsoring charitable organization. These projects may or may not be revenue-producing. When they
are revenue-producing, they will generally be sold on a cost-plus basis. As such, ShotSpotter Labs projects will normally produce gross margins significantly lower than our
ShotSpotter  Respond  solutions. Additionally,  in  early  2020,  we  added  new  pricing  programs  for  Tier  4  and  5  law  enforcement  agencies  (those  with  fewer  than  100  sworn
officers)  that  allow  them  to  contract  for  our  gunshot  detection  solutions  to  cover  a  footprint  of  less  than  three  square  miles,  using  standardized  coverage  parameters,  at  a
discounted annual subscription rate.

Since our founding, 25 years ago, ShotSpotter has been and continues to be a purpose-led company. We are a mission-driven organization that is focused on improving
public  safety  outcomes.  We  accomplish  this  by  earning  the  trust  of  law  enforcement  and  providing  them  solutions  to  help  them  better  engage  and  strengthen  the  police-
community relationships in fulfilling their sworn obligation equally to serve and protect all. Our inspiration comes from our principal founder, Dr.Bob Showen, who believes
that  the  highest  and  best  use  of  technology  is  to  promote  social  good.  We  are  committed  to  developing  comprehensive,  respectful,  and  engaged  partnerships  with  law
enforcement agencies, elected officials and communities focused on making a positive difference in the world.

We enter into subscription agreements on a term basis that typically range from one to five years in duration, with the majority having a contract term of one year.
Substantially all of our sales are to governmental agencies and universities, which often undertake a prolonged contract evaluation process that affects the size or the timing of
our sales contracts and may likewise increase our customer acquisition costs. For a discussion of the risks associated with our sales cycle, see risks entitled “Our sales cycle can
be unpredictable, time-consuming and costly, and our inability to successfully complete sales could harm our business” and “Because we generally recognize our subscription
revenues ratably over the term of our contract with a customer, fluctuations in sales will not be fully reflected in our operating results until future periods” in Item 1A, Risk
Factors, included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We  rely  on  a  limited  number  of  suppliers  and  contract  manufacturers  to  produce  components  of  our  solutions.  We  have  no  long-term  contracts  with  these
manufacturers and purchase from them on a purchase-order basis. Our outsourced manufacturers generally procure the components directly from third-party suppliers. Although
we use a limited number of suppliers and contract manufacturers, we believe that we could find alternate suppliers or manufacturers if circumstances required us to do so, in part
because a significant portion of the components required by our solutions is available off the shelf. For a discussion of the risks associated with our limited number of suppliers,
see  risk  entitled  “We  rely  on  a  limited  number  of  suppliers  and  contract  manufacturers,  and  our  proprietary  ShotSpotter  sensors  are  manufactured  by  a  single  contract
manufacturer” in Item 1A, Risk Factors, included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We generated revenues of $45.7 million, $40.8 million and $34.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively, representing a year-
over-year  increases  of  12%  and  17%.  For  2020,  2019,  and  2018,  revenues  from  ShotSpotter  Respond  represented  approximately  94%,  96%  and  97%  of  total  revenues,
respectively. Our two current largest customers, The City of Chicago and City of New York each accounted for 18%

56

and  15%,  respectively, of  our  total  revenues  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 2020.  The  City  of  Chicago  and  the  City  of  New  York,  each accounted  for  20%  and  14%,
respectively, of our total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019. The City of Chicago and the City of New York, each accounted for 22% and 15%, respectively, of our
total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2018. Substantially all of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019,  and 2018 were derived from customers
within the United States (including Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands).

We had net income of $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and had net income of $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 and a net loss of

$2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. Our accumulated deficit was $94.4 million and $95.6 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2020,  2019,  and  2018,  we  went  “live”  on  49,  82  and  168  net  new  square  miles  of  coverage,  respectively.  In  each  case,  the
increase in coverage was achieved through a combination of new customers and expansions with existing customers. During the year ended December 31, 2018, 71 miles out of
168 miles were due to expansion from a single customer.

In 2017, in connection with the cessation of our service to Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands as a result of hurricane damage, we classified our contracts with
them as expired, stopped recognizing revenues and accelerated the deferred revenues related to setup fees under these contracts. Puerto Rico returned as a customer in 2019 and
added five new live miles in 2020, for a total of 21 miles live as of December 31, 2020. U.S. Virgin Islands also returned as a customer in 2020 with four live miles as of
December 31, 2020.

We have focused on rapidly growing our business and believe that its future growth is dependent on many factors, including our ability to increase our customer base,
expand  the  coverage  of  our  solutions  among  our  existing  customers,  expand  our  international  presence  and  increase  sales  of  our  security  solutions.  Our  future  growth  will
primarily depend on the market acceptance for outdoor gunshot detection solutions. Challenges we face in achieving this market acceptance and growing our business include
our target customers having limited access to adequate funding sources, the fact that contracting with government entities can be complex, expensive and time-consuming, and
the fact that our typical sales cycle is often very long, difficult to estimate accurately and can be costly. The extent to which certain of these challenges have increased as a
result of the COVID-19 pandemic are summarized in the section below entitled “Impact of COVID-19 and Social Unrest on our Business.” We expect international sales cycles
to be even longer than our domestic sales cycles. To combat these challenges, we invest in research and development, increase awareness of our solutions, invest in new sales
and marketing campaigns, often in different languages for international sales, and hire additional sales representatives to drive sales in order to continue to maintain our position
as a market leader. In addition, we believe that entering into strategic partnerships with other service providers to cities and municipalities may offer an another potential avenue
for expansion.

We will also focus on expanding our business by introducing new products and services, such as ShotSpotter Connect, to existing customers and expanding coverage
for our existing customers for ShotSpotter Labs. We believe that developing and acquiring products for law enforcement in adjacent categories is a path for additional growth
given our large and growing installed base of police departments who trust ShotSpotter’s products, support and way of doing business. The ability to cross-sell new products
provides an opportunity to grow revenues per customer and lifetime value. Challenges we face in this area include ensuring our new products are reliable, integrated well with
other ShotSpotter solutions and priced and serviced appropriately. In some cases, we will need to bring in new skill sets to properly develop, market, sell or service these new
products depending on the categories they represent.

Consistent with this strategy, we acquired LEEDS, LLC in November 2020 to expand our ShotSpotter Investigate solution. With the addition of LEEDS, ShotSpotter
will offer a more complete precision policing platform to enable intelligence-driven prevention, response to, and investigation of crime for local, state and federal agencies.
ShotSpotter Investigate is expected to be our case management solution that helps automate investigative work and improve case clearance rates – addressing an inefficiency
problem for many agencies that have had to rely on multiple disparate systems to work cases. ShotSpotter Investigate will be based on software currently developed and in use
by  LEEDS.  Using  the  software,  investigators  benefit  from  a  single  digital  case  folder  that  includes  all  elements  related  to  a  case. Analytical  and  collaboration  tools  help
investigators connect the dots and share information faster while reporting helps package cases for command staff and prosecutors.

57

In October 2018, we acquired the HunchLab technology and related assets that underline our ShotSpotter Connect solution. ShotSpotter Connect applies risk modeling
and artificial intelligence to help forecast when and where crimes are likely to emerge and recommends specific patrols and tactics that can deter these events. The ShotSpotter
Connect  technology  provides  a  proven,  high-value,  and  complementary  solution  we  can  offer  to  our  existing  law  enforcement  customers.  We  believe  this  product  helps  to
democratize the sharing of important intelligence with patrol officers who currently have limited direct access to crime analysts.

With respect to international sales, we believe that we have the potential to expand our coverage within existing areas, and to pursue opportunities in Latin America
and  other  regions  of  the  world.  By  adding  additional  sales  resources  in  strategic  locations,  we  believe  we  will  be  better  positioned  to  reach  these  markets.  However,  we
recognize that we have limited international operational experience and currently operate in a limited number of regions outside of the United States. Operating successfully in
international  markets  will  require  significant  resources  and  management  attention  and  will  subject  us  to  additional  regulatory,  economic  and  political  risks.  We  may  face
additional challenges that may delay contract execution related to negotiating with governments in transition, the use of third-party integrations and consultants. Moreover, we
anticipate that different political and regulatory considerations that vary across different jurisdictions could extend or make more difficult to predict the length of what is already
a lengthy sales cycle.

Key Business Metrics

We focus on four key business metrics, primarily driven by ShotSpotter Respond, in  order  to  measure  our  operational  performance  and  inform  strategic  decisions.
Revenue retention rate, sales and marketing spend per $1.00 of new annualized contract value and net new “go-live” square miles are each calculated annually. Net new “go-
live” cities is calculated on a quarterly basis. All of these metrics are delivered using internal data and may be calculated in a manner different than similar metrics used by other
companies.

Revenue retention rate
Sales and marketing spend per $1.00 of new annualized
   contract value
Net new "go-live" square miles
Net new "go-live" cities

Revenue Retention Rate

2020

Year Ended December 31,
2019
(in thousands)

107 % 

111 % 

2018

  $

  $

0.51  
49  
10  

  $

0.43  
82  
6  

139 %

0.30  
168  
10

We calculate our revenue retention rate annually by dividing the (a) total revenues for such year from those customers who were customers during the corresponding
prior year by (b) the total revenues from all customers in the corresponding prior year. For the purposes of calculating our revenue retention rate, we count as customers all
entities with which we had contracts in the applicable year. Revenue retention rate for any given period does not include revenues attributable to customers first acquired during
such period. We focus on our revenue retention rate because we believe that this metric provides insight into revenues related to and retention of existing customers. If our
revenue retention rate for a year exceeds 100%, as it did in the years presented above, this indicates a low churn and means that the revenues retained during the year, including
from customer expansions, more than offset the revenues that we lost from customers that did not renew their contracts during the year. As further evidence of our low churn,
since transitioning our public safety business to the ShotSpotter Respond model in 2011, we have added over 80 new ShotSpotter Respond customers, but only 13 customers
have terminated service, two of which were terminated due to hurricane damage. One of the two customers who terminated due to hurricane damage subsequently returned as a
customer. Our revenue retention rate in 2018 reflects a large expansion deployment by our largest customer, Chicago, without which the revenue retention rate for that year
would have been 118%.

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
Sales and Marketing Spend per $1.00 of New Annualized Contract Value

We calculate sales and marketing spend annually as the total sales and marketing expense during a year divided by the first 12 months of contract value for contracts
entered into during the same year. We use this metric to measure the efficiency of our sales and marketing efforts in acquiring customers, renewing customer contracts and
expanding their coverage areas.

Net New “Go-Live” Miles

Net new “go-live” square miles represent the square miles covered by deployments of our gunshot detection solutions that were formally approved by customers during
the year, both from initial and expanded customer deployments, net of square miles that ceased to be “live” during the year due to customer cancellations. New square miles
include  deployed  square  miles  that  may  have  been  sold,  or  booked,  in  prior  years.  We  focus  on  net  new  “go-live”  square  miles  as  a  key  business  metric  to  measure  our
operational performance and inform strategic decisions.

Net New “Go-Live” Cities

Net new “go-live” cities represent the number of cities covered by deployments of our gunshot detection solutions that were formally approved by customers during
the year, both from initial and expanded customer deployments, net of cities that ceased to be “live” during the year due to customer cancellations. New cities include deployed
coverage areas that may have been sold, or booked, in a prior period. We focus on net new “go-live” cities as a key business metric to measure our operational performance and
market penetration

Impact of COVID-19 and Social Unrest on our Business

The COVID-19 pandemic resulted in a substantial curtailment of business activities worldwide and caused ongoing economic uncertainty, both in the United States
and  many  countries  abroad.  In  connection  with  efforts  to  contain  the  spread  of  COVID-19,  many  companies  and  state,  local  and  foreign  governments  imposed  restrictions,
including shelter-in-place orders and travel bans that were in effect for most or all of 2020. These factors have negatively impacted our operations and results of operations for
2020. While some of these companies and jurisdictions have relaxed or ended such restrictions, some restrictions remain and others may be put back in place after having been
lifted. We expect that the evolving COVID-19 pandemic, associated travel restrictions and social distancing requirements will continue to have an adverse impact on our results
of  operations.  While  the  ultimate  economic  impact  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic  is  highly  uncertain,  we  expect  that  our  business  and  results  of  operations,  including  our
revenues, earnings and cash flows from operations, may continue to be adversely impacted in 2021, potentially as a result of: 

•

•

•

•

Delays in our ability to deploy new “go-live” miles attributable to company policies or customer policies designed to protect employee health and comply with
government restrictions;

Greater funding challenges for our customer base, which may adversely affect customer contract renewals, expansion of existing customer deployments or
new customer sales;

Possible disruption to our supply chain caused by distribution and other logistical issues, which may further delay our ability to deploy new go-live miles; and

Potential decrease in productivity of our employees or these of our customers or suppliers due to travel bans or restrictions, work-from-home or shelter-in-
place policies and orders.

We may be adversely affected by social unrest, protests against racial inequality, protests against police brutality and movements such as “Defund the Police”. These
events  may  directly  or  indirectly  affect  police  agency  budgets  and  funding  available  to  current  and  potential  customers.  Participants  in  these  events  may  also  attempt
to  create  the  perception  that  our  solutions  are  contributing  to  the  perceived  problems,  which  may  adversely  affect  us,  our  business  and  results  of  operations,  including  our
revenues, earnings and cash flows from operations. 

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
It is currently not possible to predict the magnitude or duration of the COVID-19 pandemic’s impact on our business or the future impact of the recent, ongoing and
possible future unrest. The extent to which these events impact our business will depend on numerous evolving factors that we may not be able to control or accurately predict,
including without limitation:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the duration and scope of the challenges created by pandemic or by ongoing social unrest;

governmental, business and individuals’ actions that have been and continue to be taken in response to these events;

the impact of the pandemic and social unrest on economic activity and actions taken in response;  

the effect on our customers and demand for our products and services;

our ability to continue to sell our products and services, including as a result of travel restrictions and people working from home, or restrictions on access to
our potential customers;

the ability of our customers to pay for our products and services;

any closures of our facilities and the facilities of our customers and suppliers; and

the degree to which our employees or those of our customers or suppliers become ill with COVID-19.

Components of Results of Operations

Presentation of Financial Statements

Our  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  our  wholly-owned  subsidiaries. All  intercompany  balances  and  transactions  have  been  eliminated  in

consolidation.

Revenues

Through 2020, we derived substantially all of our revenues from subscription services. We recognize subscription fees ratably, on a straight-line basis, over the term of
the subscription, which for new customers is typically initially one to three years. Customer contracts include one-time set-up fees for the set-up of our sensors in the customer’s
coverage areas, training and third-party integration licenses. If the set-up fees are deemed to be a material right, they are recognized ratably over three to five years. Training
and third-party integration license fees are recognized upon delivery.

For ShotSpotter Respond, we generally invoice customers for 50% of the total contract value when the contract is fully executed and for the remaining 50% when the
subscription service is operational and ready to go live – that is, when the customer has acknowledged the completion of all the deliverables in the signed customer acceptance
form. All fees billed in advance of services being delivered are recorded as deferred revenue. The timing of when new miles go live can be uncertain and, as a result, can have a
significant impact on the levels of revenues and deferred revenue from quarter to quarter. For our ShotSpotter Respond solution, our pricing model is based on a per-square-
mile  basis.  For  ShotSpotter  SecureCampus  and  ShotSpotter  SiteSecure,  our  pricing  model  is  on  a  customized-site  basis.  For  our  ShotSpotter  Connect  solution,  pricing  is
currently customized, generally tied to the number of sworn police officers in a particular city. We may also offer discounts or other incentives in conjunction with sales of
ShotSpotter Connect in an effort to introduce the product to new or existing customers and accelerate sales. As a result of our process for invoicing contracts and renewals upon
execution, our cash flow from operations and accounts receivable can fluctuate due to timing of contract execution and timing of deployment.

We generally invoice subscription service renewals for 100% of the total contract value when the renewal contract is executed. Renewal fees are recognized ratably

over the term of the renewal, which is typically one year. While most of our customers elect to renew their agreements, in some cases, they may not be able to obtain the

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
proper approvals or funding to complete the renewal prior to expiration. For these customers, we stop recognizing subscription revenues at the end of the current contract term,
even though we may continue to provide services for a period of time until the renewal process is completed. Once the renewal is complete, we then recognize subscription
revenues for the period between the expiration of the term of the agreement and the completion of the renewal process in the month in which the renewal is executed. If a
customer declines to renew its subscription prior to the end of the contract term, then the remaining setup fees are immediately recognized.

It is likely that international deployments may have different payment and billing terms due to their local laws, restrictions or other customary terms and conditions.

ShotSpotter Labs projects may or may not be revenue-producing. When they are revenue-producing, they will generally be sold on a cost-plus basis.

With the acquisition of CrimeCenter, the Company also generates revenues from the sale of a software license and related maintenance and support services to its
proprietary software technology and professional  software  development  services  to  a  single  customer,  through  a  sales  channel  intermediary.  The  sales  channel  intermediary
contract includes an annual, renewable subscription for software and related maintenance and support services. The contract also provides for the procurement of professional
services, such as for software development and testing for product feature enhancements, by executing supplementary work orders.  

We anticipate that, due to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, our customers may be facing budget shortfalls due to the increased expenditures our customers have had
to endure to address the pandemic, as well as the anticipated significant tax revenue declines resulting from the economic impact that the pandemic has rapidly generated in
2020, the duration of which is unknown.

Costs

Costs  include  the  cost  of  revenues.  Cost  of  revenues  primarily  includes  depreciation  expense  associated  with  capitalized  customer  acoustic  sensor  networks,
communication expenses, costs related to hosting our service applications, costs related to operating our IRC, providing remote and on-site customer support and maintenance
and  forensic  services,  providing  customer  training  and  onboarding  services,  certain  personnel  and  related  costs  of  operations,  stock-based  compensation  and  allocated
overheads, which includes information technology, facility and equipment depreciation costs.

Impairment of property and equipment is primarily attributable to our write-off of the remaining book value of sensor networks related to customers lost during the
year ended December 31, 2020 and our write-off of the remaining book value of indoor sensor inventory and indoor sensor networks installed in certain security customers
during the year ended December 31, 2018.

We  will  have  to  upgrade  our  sensors  that  use  third-generation  (“3G”)  cellular  communications  to  the  fourth-generation  Long-Term  Evolution  wireless  technology,
which will increase our cost of revenues. Originally, we had expected to start incurring these upgrade costs in 2021 through 2022. We have begun plans to replace sensors in
certain geographic areas starting in the second half of 2020 in order to optimize personnel utilization. Accelerated bandwidth changes by our carriers may require us to continue
to accelerate the upgrade of our 3G sensors prior to 2022, which would accelerate the costs associated with the upgrade, which are estimated to be approximately $5.0 million in
total. We may re-use and re-deploy the old 3G sensors that have a remaining serviceable life where it makes sense to do so. As we upgrade our sensors, cost of revenues may
increase as a percentage of revenues.

In the near term, we expect our cost of revenues to increase in absolute dollars as our installed base increases, although certain of our costs of revenues are fixed and do
not need to increase commensurate with increases in revenues. In addition, depreciation expense associated with deployed equipment is recognized over the first five years from
the go-live date, while equipment sometimes remains operational beyond that period, reducing our cost of revenues. We also expect cost of revenues to increase in absolute
dollars as we continue to invest in our customer success capabilities to drive growth and value for our customers.

61

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses consist of sales and marketing, research and development, and general and administrative expenses. Salaries, bonuses, stock-based compensation
expense  and  other  personnel  costs  are  the  most  significant  components  of  each  of  these  expense  categories.  We  include  stock-based  compensation  expense  incurred  in
connection with the grant of stock options and restricted stock units in the applicable operating expense category based on the equity award recipient’s functional area.

We are focused on executing on our growth strategy. As a result, in the near term we expect our total operating expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we incur

additional expenses due to growth. Although our operating expenses will fluctuate, we expect that over time, they will generally decrease as a percentage of revenues.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of personnel-related costs attributable to our sales and marketing personnel, commissions earned by our sales personnel
and  third  party  agencies,  marketing  expenses  for  trade  shows,  conferences  and  conventions,  consulting  fees,  travel  and  facility-related  costs,  amortization  of  customer
relationship assets acquired from business combinations and allocated overhead.

During the duration of the COVID-19 pandemic and associated shelter-in-place orders, work-from-home policies and travel bans, our sales and marketing expense has
decreased and is expected to remain relatively flat as the pandemic continues. Thereafter, in the near term, we expect our sales and marketing expenses to increase in absolute
dollars  primarily  due  to  planned  growth  in  our  sales  and  marketing  organization.  This  growth  may  include  adding  sales  and/or  marketing  personnel  and  expanding  our
marketing activities to continue to generate additional leads. Sales and marketing expense may fluctuate from quarter to quarter based on the timing of commission expense,
marketing campaigns and tradeshows.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses primarily consist of personnel-related costs attributable to our research and development personnel, consulting fees and allocated
overhead.  We  have  devoted  our  product  development  efforts  primarily  to  develop  new  lower-cost  sensor  hardware,  develop  new  features  including  a  mobile  application,
improve functionality of our solutions and adapt to new technologies or changes to existing technologies.

We are investing in engineering resources to support further development of ShotSpotter Connect and ShotSpotter Investigate. The focus of this effort will be in the
areas of data science modeling, user experience, core application functionality and backend infrastructure improvements, including integration of ShotSpotter gunshot data to
enhance forecasting of gun violence.

We  are  also  investing  research  and  development  resources  in  conjunction  with  our  ShotSpotter  Labs  projects  and  initiatives.  The  initial  focus  of  these  efforts  is  to

develop innovative sensor applications as well as to test and expand the functionality of our outdoor sensors in challenging environmental conditions.

In the near term, we expect our research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we increase our research and development headcount to further

strengthen our software and invest in the development of our service.

We will continue to invest in research and development to leverage our large and growing database of acoustic events, which includes those from both gunfire and
non-gunfire. We also intend to leverage third-party AI and our own evolving cognitive and analytical applications to improve the efficiency of our solutions. Certain of these
applications and outputs may expand the platform of services that we will be able to offer our customers.

62

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses primarily consist of personnel-related costs attributable to our executive, finance, and administrative personnel, legal, accounting

and other professional services fees, other corporate expenses and allocated overhead.

In the near term, we expect our general and administrative expenses to increase significantly in absolute dollars as we grow our business, support our operations as a

public company and increase our headcount.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other income (expense), net, consisted primarily of interest income and local and franchise tax expenses.

Income Taxes

Our income taxes are based on the amount of our taxable income and enacted federal, state and foreign tax rates, adjusted for allowable credits, deductions and the

valuations allowance against deferred tax assets, as applicable.

We continually monitor all positive and negative evidence regarding the realization of our deferred tax assets and may record assets when it becomes more likely than

not, than they will be realized, which may impact the expense or benefit from income taxes.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands):

Revenues
Costs

Cost of revenues
Impairment of property and equipment

Total costs

Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Sales and marketing
Research and development
General and administrative

Total operating expenses

Income from operations
Other expense, net
Benefit from income taxes
Net income

Revenues

  $

  $

18,525    
234    
18,759    
26,975    

10,328    
5,614    
9,740    
25,682    
1,293    
(158 )  
90    
1,225    

  As a % of
  Revenues

2020
45,734    

  As a % of
  Revenues

2019
40,752    

100 %  $

41 % 
—  
41 % 
59 % 

23 % 
12 % 
21 % 
56 % 
3 % 
—  
—  
3 %  $

16,409    
—    
16,409    
24,343    

9,989    
5,344    
7,415    
22,748    
1,595    
162    
41    
1,798    

Change

$
4,982    

2,116    
234    
2,350    
2,632    

339    
270    
2,325    
2,934    
(302 )  
(320 )  
49    
(573 )  

%  

12 %

13 %
—  
14 %
11 %

3 %
5 %
31 %
13 %
(19 %)
(198 %)
120 %
(32 %)

100 %  $

40 % 
—  
40 % 
60 % 

25 % 
13 % 
18 % 
56 % 
4 % 
—  
—  
4 %  $

The  increase  of  $5.0  million  was  primarily  attributable  to  new  customers  and  expansions  of  existing  customer  coverage  areas,  LEEDS’  revenue  contribution  for  a

partial quarter, partially offset by a normal rate of customer attrition. We went live with 49 net new square miles during the year ended December 31, 2020.

Gross margin remained relatively consistent with prior year as a result of revenue growth offset by the increase in our investment in the customer success organization.

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Costs

The increase of $2.4 million was due primarily to a $2.0 million increase in overall personnel-related costs. including a partial quarter of costs related to LEEDS. The
increase also includes a reallocation of certain resources as we formalized our customer success organization. There was also a $0.4 million increase in depreciation expense, a
$0.2 million increase in repairs and maintenance costs, as well as a $0.2 million write-off related to sensor assets due to customer attrition. These increases are partially offset by
a $0.4 million decrease in costs related to ShotSpotter Labs projects, for which revenues and costs vary from quarter to quarter depending on the phase of the projects.

Operating Expenses

Sales and Marketing Expense

The increase in sales and marketing expense of $0.3 million was primarily due to a $0.8 million increase in personnel costs, and $0.3 million increase in other costs
including commissions expense and amortization of the customer relationship intangible asset related to LEEDS, partially offset by $0.8 million decrease in travel costs due to
limited travel during the COVID-19 pandemic.

Research and Development Expense

The increase in research and development expense of $0.3 million was primarily due to an increase in personnel and LEEDS related expenses offset by a reduction in

outside consulting fees.

General and Administrative Expense

The increase of $2.3 million was due primarily to a $1.0 million increase in personnel costs, $0.6 million increase in acquisition related expenses, $0.4 million increase

in legal and professional fees and $0.3 million increase in insurance costs.

Other Income (Expense), Net

The decrease of $0.3 million was due primarily to a decrease in interest income as interest rates have significantly decreased over the year.

Income Taxes

Our income taxes are based on the amount of our taxable income and enacted federal, state and foreign tax rates, adjusted for allowable credits, deductions and the
valuations  allowance  against  deferred  tax  assets,  as  applicable.  For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2020  and  2019,  our  provision  for  income  taxes  consisted  of  a  benefit
(provision) for foreign income taxes only.

We continually monitor all positive and negative evidence regarding the realization of our deferred tax assets and may record assets when it becomes more likely than

not, than they will be realized, which may impact the expense or benefit from income taxes.

64

 
 
 
 
 
Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (in thousands):

Revenues
Costs

Cost of revenues
Impairment of property and equipment

Total costs

Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Sales and marketing
Research and development
General and administrative

Total operating expenses

Income (loss) from operations
Other income (expense), net
Benefit from income taxes
Net income (loss)

Revenues

2019

As a % of
Revenues

2018

As a % of
Revenues

Change

$

%

  $

40,752      

100 %  $

34,753      

100 %   $

5,999      

17 %

16,409      
—      
16,409      
24,343      

9,989      
5,344      
7,415      
22,748      
1,595      
162      
41      
1,798      

  $

40 %   
—  
40 %   
60 %   

25 %   
13 %   
18 %   
56 %   
4 %   
—  
—  
4 %  $

14,846      
686      
15,532      
19,221      

8,377      
4,987      
8,425      
21,789      
(2,568 )    
(170 )    
13      
(2,725 )    

43 %    
2 %    
45 %    
55 %    

24 %    
14 %    
24 %    
63 %    
(7 %)   
(1 %)   
—  
(8 %)  $

1,563      
(686 )    
877      
5,122      

1,612      
357      
(1,010 )    
959      
4,163      
332      
28      
4,523      

11 %
(100 %)
6 %
27 %

19 %
7 %
(12 %)
4 %
(162 %)
(195 %)
215 %
(166 %)

The  increase  of  $6.0  million  in  revenues  was  primarily  attributable to  $2.3  million  of  new  customer  deployments  that  went  live  during  2019,  $0.8  million  from
expansions of existing customer coverage areas that went live during 2019, and $4.4 million related primarily to customer deployments that went live in 2018 and for which we
recognized  a  full  year  of  revenues  in  2019.  These  increases  were  partially  offset  by  lost  customers  and  the  timing  of  renewals  from  certain  customers  resulting  in  deferred
revenues. We went live with 82 net new square miles in 2019.

Costs

The  increase  in  costs  of  $0.9  million  was  due  primarily  to  a  $1.2  million  increase  in  overhead  expenses  resulting  from  an  increase  in  employee  headcount,  a  $0.9
million increase in depreciation expense associated with new customer deployment and expansions in existing customer coverage area, and a $0.1 million increase in software
amortization, offset by a $0.6 million decrease in operating costs, which includes costs incurred in providing remote and on-site customer support and maintenance services,
infrastructure hosting for our service application and costs related to operating our IRC and $0.7 million in impairment charges taken in 2018 that were not repeated in 2019.
During 2018, we recognized impairment expense of $0.7 million for the impairment of property and equipment primarily related to the remaining book value of indoor sensor
inventory and indoor sensor networks installed at certain security customers.

Gross margin for 2019 increased five percentage points from gross margin for 2018 because certain costs of revenues are fixed and did not increase commensurate with

the increase in subscription revenues.

Operating Expenses

Sales and Marketing Expense

The increase in sales and marketing expense of $1.6 million was primarily due to a $1.3 million increase in personnel expense resulting from increased headcount, and

a $0.3 million increase in consulting and travel expenses associated with the growth of our sales and marketing organization.

65

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
       
   
   
       
   
   
       
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
       
   
   
       
   
   
       
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Research and Development Expense

The increase in research and development expense of $0.4 million was primarily due to an increase in personnel and consulting expenses related to the development of

our mobile applications and next-generation sensors.

General and Administrative Expense

The decrease in general and administrative expense of $1.0 million was primarily due to a $1.5 million decrease in legal expenses resulting from litigation that settled

in 2018 and our HunchLab acquisition in 2018, partially offset by $0.5 million increase in personnel and consulting expenses during the year ended December 31, 2019.

Other Income (Expense), Net

The increase in other income (expense), net of $0.3 million was due to a $0.4 million increase in interest income partially offset by a decrease in local and state income

taxes.

Income Taxes

Our income taxes are based on the amount of our taxable income and enacted federal, state and foreign tax rates, adjusted for allowable credits, deductions and the
valuations  allowance  against  deferred  tax  assets,  as  applicable.  For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2019  and  2018,  our  provision  for  income  taxes  consisted  of  a  benefit
(provision) for foreign income taxes only.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources of Funds

Our  operations  have  been  financed  primarily  through  net  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  equity,  debt  financing  arrangements  and  cash  from  operating  activities.  Our
principal source of liquidity is cash and cash equivalents totaling $16.0 million as of December 31, 2020. We also have a $20.0 million credit facility, of which no amounts were
outstanding as of December 31, 2020.

In March 2019, we issued and sold 250,000 shares of our common stock in an underwritten public offering, for which we received net proceeds of $10.6 million after

deducting offering expenses.

We believe our existing cash and cash equivalent balances, our available credit facility and cash flow from operations will be sufficient to meet our working capital
and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements may vary materially from those currently planned and will depend on many
factors, including our rate of revenues growth, the timing and extent of spending on sales and marketing, the expansion of sales and marketing activities, the timing of new
product introductions, market acceptance of our products and overall economic conditions. We may also seek additional capital to fund our operations, including through the
sale of equity or debt financings. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the future sale of equity, the ownership interest of our stockholders will be diluted, and
the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of our existing common stockholders. The incurrence of debt financing
would result in debt service obligations and the instruments governing such debt could provide for operating and financing covenants that would restrict our operations.

Use of Funds

Our  historical  uses  of  cash  have  primarily  consisted  of  cash  used  for  operating  activities,  such  as  expansion  of  our  sales  and  marketing  operations,  research  and
development activities and other working capital needs, and cash used in investing activities, such as property and equipment expenditures to install infrastructure in customer
cities in order to deliver our solutions.

66

 
 
On November 24, 2020, we completed the acquisition of LEEDS, LLC for a purchase consideration of $21.6 million in cash, subject to working capital adjustments,
and  the  issuance  of 63,901 shares  of  ShotSpotter  common  stock  worth $2.0 million.  The  purchase  consideration  also  included  a  contingent  earnout  payable  for  up  to  $5.0
million based on LEEDS’ revenues generated during 2021 and 2022.

On October 3, 2018, we acquired certain technology, referred to as HunchLab, and related assets from Azavea Inc. The purchase consideration totaled $2.5 million,
consisting of $1.7 million in cash and a contingent earnout payable in cash for up to $750,000 based on HunchLab’s revenues generated over the three-year period following the
acquisition  date.  In  January  2020,  we  paid  $0.3  million  based  on  revenues  generated  over  the  first  year  of  the  contingent  earnout  period.  In  February  2021,  subsequent  to
December 31, 2020, we paid the remaining $0.4 million of the contingent earnout based on revenues generated over the second year of the contingent earnout period.

Stock Repurchase Program

In May 2019, we announced that our Board of Directors had approved a stock repurchase program for up to $15 million of our common stock. The shares may be
repurchased from time to time in open market transactions, in privately negotiated transactions or by other methods in accordance with federal securities laws. The actual timing,
number and value of shares repurchased under the program will be determined by management in its discretion and will depend on a number of factors, including the market
price of our common stock, general market and economic conditions and applicable legal requirements. The stock repurchase program does not obligate us to purchase any
particular amount of common stock and may be suspended or discontinued at any time.

During  the  year  ended  December  31, 2020,  we  repurchased  74,520  shares  of  its  common  stock  at  an  average  price  of  $21.65  per  share  for  $1.6  million.  The

repurchases were made in open market transactions using cash on hand, and all of the shares repurchased were retired.

Credit Facility

On September 27, 2018, we entered into the Umpqua Credit Agreement. In August 2020, we entered into an amendment to our credit facility to increase the size of our
available loan facility from $10.0 million to $20.0 million, which allows us to borrow up to $20.0 million under a revolving loan facility. We intend to use the revolving loan
facility for general working capital purposes.

Cash Flows

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018

The following table presents a summary of our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:

Net cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities
Investing activities
Financing activities

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

2020

Year Ended December 31,
2019
(in thousands)

2018

  $

  $

11,209     $
(18,758 )  
(956 )  
(8,505 )   $

13,692    
(4,909 )  
5,482    
14,265    

$

$

(1,386 )
(10,203 )
2,437  
(9,152 )

As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, $1.3 million, $0.8 million and $1.1 million in cash was held by our consolidated foreign subsidiaries.

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating Activities

Our net income (loss) and cash flows provided by operating activities are significantly influenced by our increase in headcount to support our growth, increase in legal,

outside services fees, and sales and marketing expenses, and our ability to bill and collect in a timely manner.

Operating activities provided $11.2 million in 2020, provided $13.7 million in 2019, and used $1.4 million in 2018.

The net cash provided by operating activities in the year ended December 31, 2020 was primarily driven by collections of accounts receivable driven by new customer

contracts and expansions of existing customer coverage.

The net cash provided by operating activities in the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily driven by increased collections of accounts receivable driven by new

customer contracts and expansions of existing customer coverage.

The use of cash for 2018 was primarily driven by changes in accounts receivable and our net loss of $2.7 million and offset by changes in deferred revenue, stock-

based compensation, and depreciation and amortization.

Investing Activities

Our  investing  activities  consist  primarily  of  capital  expenditures  to  install  our  solutions  in  customer  coverage  areas,  purchases  of  property  and  equipment,  and

investments in intangible assets and business acquisitions.

Investing  activities  used  $18.8  million,  $4.9  million,  and  $10.2  million  in  the  years  ended  December  31,  2020,  2019  and  2018,  respectively.  We  completed  our
acquisition of LEEDS, LLC for approximately $14.6 million in cash, net of $7.0 million cash acquired at closing during the year ended December 31, 2020. We completed our
acquisition of the HunchLab assets for approximately $1.7 million in cash at closing during the year ended December 31, 2018. The remaining use of cash was primarily for
property and equipment expenditures to install our solutions in customer coverage areas.

Financing Activities

Cash generated by financing activities includes proceeds from our secondary offering, net proceeds from the exercise of stock options and warrants, proceeds from the

employee stock purchase plan, offset by payment for repurchases of our common stock, payment of indebtedness, and debt issuance and financing costs.  

Financing activities used $1.0 million in cash during the year ended December 31, 2020 from $1.6 million in payments for repurchases of our common stock and $0.3
million  payment  for  HunchLab’s  contingent  consideration,  partially  offset  by  $0.7  million  proceeds  from  ESPP  purchase  and  $0.3  million  in  proceeds  from  the  exercise  of
options and warrants.

Financing activities provided $5.5 million in cash during the year ended December 31, 2019 from $10.8 million in net proceeds from the issuance of common stock
upon our secondary offering, $0.9 million proceeds from ESPP purchase and $0.5 million in proceeds from the exercise of options and warrants, partially offset by $6.7 million
in payments for repurchases of our common stock.

Financing activities provided $2.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2018, primarily from $1.5 million from the exercise of stock options and warrants, and $0.9

million proceeds from employee stock purchase plan.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2020, we did not have any relationships, material commitments or obligations with unconsolidated organizations or financial partnerships, such as

structured finance or special purpose entities, that were established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements. We do not engage in off-balance

68

sheet financing arrangements. In addition, we do not engage in trading activities involving non-exchange traded contracts.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our  consolidated  financial  statements  are  prepared  in  accordance  with  United  States  Generally Accepted Accounting  Principles  (“GAAP”).  The  preparation  of  our
consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the reported amounts of revenues, assets, liabilities, costs and expenses.
We base our estimates and assumptions on historical experience and other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. We evaluate our estimates and
assumptions  on  an  ongoing  basis.  Our  actual  results  may  differ  from  these  estimates.  Our  most  critical  accounting  policies  are  summarized  below.  See  Note  3, Basis  of
Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a description
of our other significant accounting policies.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue Recognition – Gunshot Detection Services

We generate substantially all of our revenues from the sale of gunshot detection subscription services, in which gunshot data generated by company-owned sensors and
software is sold to customers through a cloud-based hosting application for a specified contract period. Typically, the initial contract period is one to five years in length. The
subscription  contract  is  generally  noncancelable  without  cause.  Generally,  these  service  arrangements  do  not  provide  the  customer  with  the  right  to  take  possession  of  the
hardware or software supporting the subscription service at any time. A small portion of our revenues are generated from the delivery of setup services to install company-
owned sensors in the customer’s coverage area and other services including training and license to integrate with third-party applications.

We generally invoice customers for 50% of the total contract value when the contract is fully executed and for the remaining 50% when the subscription service is
operational and ready to go live – that is, when the customer has acknowledged the completion of all the deliverables in the signed customer acceptance form. We generally
invoice subscription service renewals for 100% of the total contract value when the renewal contract is executed. For the public safety solution, the pricing model is based on a
per-square-mile basis. For security solutions, the pricing model is on a customized-site basis. As a result of the process for invoicing contracts and renewals upon execution, cash
flows from operations and accounts receivable can fluctuate due to timing of contract execution and timing of deployment.

We recognize revenues upon the satisfaction of performance obligations. At contract inception, we assess the services promised in our contracts with customers and
identify a performance obligation for each promise to transfer to the customer a good or service (or bundle of services) that is distinct. To identify the performance obligations,
we consider all of the services promised in the contract regardless of whether they are explicitly stated or are implied by customary business practices. We determined that the
subscription  services,  training,  and  licenses  to  integrate  with  third-party  applications  are  each  distinct  services  that  represent  separate  performance  obligations.  The  setup
activities are not distinct from the subscription service and are combined into the subscription service performance obligation. However, setup fees may provide a material right
to the customer that has influence over the customers' decision to renew. All setup fees are assessed on a quantitative and qualitative basis to determine whether they represent a
distinct performance obligation. The total contract value is allocated to each performance obligation identified based on the standalone selling price of the service. Discounts are
allocated pro-rata to the identified performance obligations. For contracts that have an original duration of one year or less, we use the practical expedient applicable to such
contracts and do not consider the time value of money.

Revenues from subscription services are recognized ratably, on a straight-line basis, over the term of the subscription. Revenues from material rights are recognized
ratably over the period in which they are determined to provide a material right to the customer, which is generally three years. Revenues from training and licenses to integrate
with third-party applications are recognized upon delivery which generally occurs when the subscription service is operational and ready to go live.

69

Subscription renewal fees are recognized ratably over the term of the renewal, which is typically one year. While most customers elect to renew their agreements, in
some cases, they may not be able to obtain the proper approvals or funding to complete the renewal prior to expiration. For these customers, we stop recognizing subscription
revenues at the end of the current contract term, even though services may continue to be provided for a period of time until the renewal process is completed. Once the renewal
is complete, we recognize subscription revenues for the period between the expiration of the term of the agreement and the completion of the renewal process in the month in
which the renewal is executed. If a customer declines to renew its subscription, then the remaining fees from material rights, if any, are immediately recognized.

Revenue Recognition – Software License, Maintenance and Support, and Professional Services

With  the  acquisition  of  LEEDS,  we  also  generate  revenues  from  the  sale  of  (i)a  software  license  and  related  maintenance  and  support  services  to  its  proprietary
software technology and (ii) professional software development services to a single customer, through a sales channel intermediary. We have been serving this customer for
more  than  ten  years.  The  sales  channel  intermediary  contract  includes  an  annual,  renewable  subscription  for  software  and  related  maintenance  and  support  services.  The
contract also provides for the procurement of professional services, such as for software development and testing for product feature enhancements, by executing supplementary
work orders

We recognize revenue from the license of its software license and related maintenance and support services revenues upon the satisfaction of performance obligations.
We  determined  that  the  term-based  software  license  should  be  combined  with  the  maintenance  and  support  services  as  a  single  performance  obligation.  The  nature  of  the
maintenance and support services, inclusive of our obligation to provide additional, unspecified software functionality over the license term, in allowing this single customer to
be flexible in utilizing the customized software to respond to the changing regulatory environment, are critical to the customer’s ability to derive benefit and value from the
license. Contractually, we provide continuous access to the software, maintenance and support services, helpdesk and technical support over the contract term, hence a time-
elapsed method is used to recognize revenue. Revenues from the software license and maintenance and support services are recognized ratably over the term of the contract
because  our  obligation  to  provide  the  license  and  related  support  services  is  uniform  over  the  license  term.  We  generally  invoice  for  these  services  on  a  monthly  basis  in
arrears.  

Stock-Based Compensation  —  We  recognize  stock-based  compensation  expense  for  stock-based  compensation  awards  granted  to  our  employees,  directors,  and
consultants that can be settled in shares of our common stock. Compensation expense for stock-based compensation awards granted is based on the grant date fair value estimate
for each award as determined by our board of directors. We recognize these compensation costs on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award.

Restricted stock unit awards are valued using the last reported stock price on the date of grant.

We estimate the fair value of stock option awards at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which was developed for use in estimating the
value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are freely transferable. The fair values generated by the model may not be indicative of the actual fair values of our
awards  as  it  does  not  consider  other  factors  important  to  those  stock-based  payment  awards,  such  as  continued  employment,  periodic  vesting  requirements  and  limited
transferability.

Business Acquisition —  We allocate the fair value of purchase consideration to the tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed and intangible assets acquired based
on their estimated fair values. The excess of the fair value of purchase consideration over the fair values of these identifiable assets and liabilities is recorded as goodwill. When
determining the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, management makes significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets.
Critical estimates in valuing such intangible assets include, but not limited to, future expected cash flows from customer relationships and developed technology; and discount
rates.

Goodwill — Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level (operating segment or one level below an operating segment) on an annual basis (October 1)

and between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying

70

value.  The Company  has  concluded  there  is  only  one  reporting  unit  for  purposes  of  performing  the  goodwill  impairment  test. These  events  or  circumstances  could  include  a
significant  change  in  the  business  climate,  legal  factors,  operating  performance  indicators,  competition,  or  sale  or  disposition  of  a  significant  portion  of  a  reporting  unit.
Application of the goodwill impairment test requires judgment, including the identification of reporting units and determination of the fair value of each reporting unit. The fair
value  of  each  reporting  unit  is  estimated  primarily  through  the  use  of  a  discounted  cash  flow  methodology.  This  analysis  requires  significant  judgments, and  may include
estimation of future cash flows, which is dependent on internal forecasts, estimation of the long-term rate of growth for our business, estimation of the useful life over which
cash flows will occur, and determination of our weighted average cost of capital. The estimates used to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit change from year to year based
on  operating  results,  market  conditions,  and  other  factors.  Changes  in  these  estimates  and  assumptions  could  materially  affect  the  determination  of  fair  value  and  goodwill
impairment. We performed our annual test for goodwill impairment as of October 1, 2020 and concluded that no impairment charge was necessary.

Item 7A. QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is

primarily the result of fluctuations in interest rates and foreign exchange rates as well as, to a lesser extent, inflation.

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to interest rate risk in the ordinary course of our business. Our cash includes cash in readily available checking and money market accounts. These

securities are not dependent on interest rate fluctuations that may cause the principal amount of these assets to fluctuate.

We  had  cash  and  cash  equivalents  of  $16.0  million  as  of  December  31,  2020,  which  consists  entirely  of  bank  deposits.  During  2020,  an  emergency  federal  rate

reduction occurred which significantly decreased the Company’s interest income.

We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes and have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest rate risk exposure.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

We  have  foreign  currency  risks  related  to  our  revenues  and  operating  expenses  denominated  in  currencies  other  than  our  functional  currency,  the  U.S.  dollar,
principally the South African Rand. Movements in foreign currencies in which we transact business could significantly affect future net earnings. However, if the average value
of  the  South African  Rand  had  been  10%  higher  relative  to  the  U.S.  dollar  during  2020,  2019  or  2018,  it  would  not  have  resulted  in  a  significant  impact  to  our  results  of
operations  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2020,  2019  or  2018.  To  date,  we  have  not  engaged  in  any  hedging  strategies. As  our  international  operations  grow,  we  will
continue to reassess our approach to manage our risk relating to fluctuations in foreign currency rate.

Inflation Risk

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. If our costs were to become subject to significant
inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition
and results of operations.

71

 
 
 
Item 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of ShotSpotter, Inc.:

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ShotSpotter, Inc. (the "Company") as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of
operations,  comprehensive  income  (loss),  stockholders’  equity,  and  cash  flows,  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2020,  and  the  related  notes
(collectively referred to as the "consolidated financial statements"). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31,
2020, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These  consolidated  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  Company's  consolidated
financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are
required  to  be  independent  with  respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the  applicable  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to
perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but
not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing
procedures  that  respond  to  those  risks.  Such  procedures  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  regarding  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  consolidated  financial
statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of
the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Baker Tilly US, LLP (formerly known as Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP)

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2016.

Minneapolis, Minnesota
March 29, 2021

73

 
 
 
 
ShotSpotter, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

December 31,

2020

2019

Assets
Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable and contract asset
Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Total current assets

Property and equipment, net
Operating lease right-of-use assets
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net
Other assets

Total assets

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Current liabilities

Accounts payable
Deferred revenue, short-term
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

Total current liabilities

Deferred revenue, long-term
Other liabilities

Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies (Note 19)
Stockholders' equity

  $

  $

  $

Preferred stock: $0.005 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding as of December
31, 2020 and 2019
Common stock: $0.005 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized;
11,538,998 and 11,314,150 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated deficit
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Total stockholders' equity
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

74

16,043     $
12,921    
2,172    
31,136    
15,346    
882    
2,811    
14,540    
1,605    
66,320     $

1,192     $

24,174    
5,613    
30,979    
405    
631    
32,015    

—    

58    
128,771    
(94,354 )  
(170 )  
34,305    
66,320     $

24,550  
13,883  
1,764  
40,197  
16,556  
556  
1,379  
249  
1,634  
60,571  

1,179  
26,360  
4,885  
32,424  
598  
298  
33,320  

—  

57  
122,907  
(95,579 )
(134 )
27,251  
60,571

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ShotSpotter, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

Revenues
Costs

Cost of revenues
Impairment of property and equipment

Total costs

Gross profit

Operating expenses

Sales and marketing
Research and development
General and administrative

Total operating expenses

Operating income (loss)
Other income (expense), net

Interest income (expense), net
Other expense, net

Total other income (expense), net

Income (loss) before income taxes
Benefit from income taxes

Net income (loss)
Net income (loss) per share, basic
Net income (loss) per share, diluted
Weighted average shares used in computing net income (loss) per
   share, basic
Weighted average shares used in computing net income (loss) per
   share, diluted

2020

Year Ended December 31,
2019

2018

  $

45,734  

  $

40,752  

  $

18,525  
234  
18,759  
26,975  

10,328  
5,614  
9,740  
25,682  
1,293  

113  
(271 )
(158 )
1,135  
(90 )
1,225  
0.11  
0.10  

  $
  $
  $

16,409  
—  
16,409  
24,343  

9,989  
5,344  
7,415  
22,748  
1,595  

440  
(278 )
162  
1,757  
(41 )
1,798  
0.16  
0.15  

  $
  $
  $

  $
  $
  $

34,753  

14,846  
686  
15,532  
19,221  

8,377  
4,987  
8,425  
21,789  
(2,568 )

82  
(252 )
(170 )
(2,738 )
(13 )
(2,725 )
(0.26 )
(0.26 )

11,408,757  

11,302,780  

10,569,007  

11,730,294  

11,846,348  

10,569,007

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
ShotSpotter, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(In thousands)

Net income (loss)
Other comprehensive income (loss):

Change in foreign currency translation adjustment

Comprehensive income (loss)

2020

Year Ended December 31,
2019

2018

1,225  

  $

1,798  

  $

(36 )  
1,189     $

15    
1,813     $

(2,725 )

(150 )
(2,875 )

  $

  $

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2017
Exercise of stock options
Issuance of common stock in connection
   with exercise of warrants
Issuance of common stock from ESPP purchase
Issuance of common stock from RSU's vested
Stock-based compensation
Foreign currency translation loss
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
Net loss
Balance at December 31, 2018
Exercise of stock options
Issuance of common stock in connection
   with exercise of warrants
Issuance of common stock upon secondary offering, net of costs
Repurchase of common stock and retirement
Issuance of common stock from ESPP purchase
Issuance of common stock from RSU's vested
Stock-based compensation
Foreign currency translation gain
Net income
Balance at December 31, 2019
Exercise of stock options
Issuance of common stock in connection
   with exercise of warrants
Repurchase of common stock
Issuance of common stock from ESPP purchase

Issuance of common stock from RSU's vested
Issuance of common stock from acquisition
Stock-based compensation
Foreign currency translation loss
Net income
Balance at December 31, 2020

ShotSpotter, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
(In thousands, except share data)

Common Stock

Shares
9,827,129  
609,985  

  Par Value  
48  
  $
3  

Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  $ 109,708  
547  

  Accumulated  
Deficit

  $

(97,595 )   $
—  

296,691  
83,605  
47,312  
—  
—  
—  
—  
  10,864,722  
307,365  

  $

26,098  
250,000  
(257,824 )  
65,639  
58,150  
—  
—  
—  
  11,314,150  
96,456  

  $

46,939  
(74,520 )  

37,102  
54,970  
63,901  
—  
—  
—  
  11,538,998  

1  
—  
3  
—  
—  
—  
—  
55  
2  

987  
909  

(1 )  

2,468  
—  
—  
—  
  $ 114,618  
452  

  $

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
2,943  
(2,725 )  
(97,377 )   $
—  

—  
1  
(2 )  
1  
—  
—  
—  
—  
57  
1  

71  
10,553  
(6,716 )  
872  
—  
3,057  
—  
—  
  $ 122,907  
313  

  $

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
1,798  

(95,579 )   $
—  

—  
—  

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
58  

—  
(1,615 )  

—  
—  

704  
—  
2,000  
4,462  
—  
—  
  128,771  

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
1,225  
(94,354 )  

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Total
Stockholders'
Equity/
(Deficit)

  $

1  
—  

—  
—  
—  
—  
(150 )  
—  
—  

(149 )   $

—  

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
15  
—  

(134 )   $

—  

—  
—  

—  
—  
—  
—  
(36 )  
—  

(170 )   $

12,162  
550  

988  
909  
2  
2,468  
(150 )
2,943  
(2,725 )
17,147  
454  

71  
10,554  
(6,718 )
873  
—  
3,057  
15  
1,798  
27,251  
314  

—  
(1,615 )

704  
—  
2,000  
4,462  
(36 )
1,225  
34,305

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by
   (used in) operating activities:

Depreciation of property and equipment
Amortization of intangible assets
Impairment of property and equipment
Stock-based compensation
Loss on disposal of property and equipment
Provision for accounts receivable
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable and contract asset
Prepaid expenses and other assets
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
Deferred revenue

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Purchase of property and equipment
Investment in intangible and other assets
Business acquisition, net of cash acquired

Cash flows from financing activities:

Net cash used in investing activities

Payment of contingent consideration liability
Payment of line of credit costs
Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon secondary offering
Payments of secondary offering costs
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
Repurchases of common stock
Proceeds from exercise of warrants
Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan

Net cash provided by (used in)  financing activities

Increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
Effect of exchange rate on cash and cash equivalents
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of year
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of year

Supplemental cash flow disclosures:
Cash paid for income taxes

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash financing activities:

Property and equipment purchases included in accounts payable
Estimated fair value of contingent consideration
Fair value of common stock issued as consideration for business acquisition
Deferred offering costs included in other assets
Line of credit costs included in other assets

ShotSpotter, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands)

2020

2019

2018

Year Ended December 31,

  $

1,225  

  $

1,798  

  $

(2,725 )

5,399  
187  
234  
4,462  
3  
74  

1,953  
(321 )  
(190 )  
575  
(2,392 )  
11,209  

(4,059 )  
(72 )  
(14,627 )  
(18,758 )  

(347 )  
(12 )  
—  
—  
314  
(1,615 )  
—  
704  
(956 )  
(8,505 )  
(2 )  

24,550  
16,043  

  $

—  

  $

522  
170  
2,000  
—  
—  

  $
  $
  $
  $
  $

4,894  
88  
—  
3,057  
—  
—  

1,383  
(192 )  
(243 )  
108  
2,799  
13,692  

(4,823 )  
(86 )  
—  
(4,909 )  

—  
—  
11,247  

(445 )  
454  
(6,718 )  
71  
873  
5,482  
14,265  
7  
10,278  
24,550  

  $

51  

  $

311  
—  
—  
—  
—  

  $
  $
  $
  $
  $

3,856  
61  
686  
2,468  
4  
—  

(11,224 )
(766 )
(346 )
(246 )
6,846  
(1,386 )

(8,444 )
(48 )
(1,711 )
(10,203 )

—  
(10 )
—  
—  
550  
—  
988  
909  
2,437  
(9,152 )
(167 )
19,597  
10,278  

79  

205  
750  
—  
249  
91

  $

  $

  $
  $
  $
  $
  $

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

78

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
ShotSpotter, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1. Organization and Description of Business

ShotSpotter, Inc. (the “Company”) provides precision-policing solutions for law enforcement and security personnel to help prevent and reduce gun violence and make
cities, campuses and facilities safer. The Company’s flagship product, ShotSpotter Respond (formerly ShotSpotter Flex) is the leading outdoor gunshot detection, location and
alerting system trusted by over 100 cities. ShotSpotter Connect (formerly ShotSpotter Missions) 
creates crime forecasts designed to enable more precise and effective use of patrol resources to deter crime. ShotSpotter Labs is the Company’s effort to support innovative uses
of its technology to help protect wildlife and the environment. The Company’s case management solution, ShotSpotter Investigate, is a cloud-based investigative platform to
help  law  enforcement  agencies  modernize  every  phase  of  an  investigation  and  accelerate  case  work  with  easy-to-use  software  tools. The  Company  offers  its  solutions  on  a
SaaS-based subscription model to its customers.

The Company’s principal executive offices are located in Newark, California. The Company has five wholly-owned subsidiaries globally, including in South Africa,

Colombia, Brazil and Mexico.

Note 2. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America
(“U.S. GAAP”) and applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) regarding financial reporting. The consolidated financial statements
include the results of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated during consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported
amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities,  and  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the  reporting  period.  On  an  ongoing  basis,  management  evaluates  its  significant
estimates including the valuation of accounts receivable, the lives and realization of tangible and intangible assets, stock-based compensation expense, accounting for revenue
recognition,  and  income  taxes.  Management  bases  its  estimates  on  historical  experience  and  on  various  other  market-specific  and  relevant  assumptions  it  believes  to  be
reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ from those estimates and such differences could be material to the Company’s financial position and results of
operations.

Revenue Recognition – Gunshot Detection Services

The Company generates substantially all of its revenues from the sale of gunshot detection subscription services, in which gunshot data generated by Company-owned
sensors and software is sold to customers through a cloud-based hosting application for a specified contract period. Typically, the initial contract period is  one to five years in
length. The subscription contract is generally noncancelable without cause. Generally, these service arrangements do not provide the customer with the right to take possession
of the hardware or software supporting the subscription service at any time. A small portion of the Company’s revenues are generated from the delivery of setup services to
install Company-owned sensors in the customer’s coverage area and other services including training and license to integrate with third-party applications.

The Company generally invoices customers for 50% of the total contract value when the contract is fully executed and for the remaining 50% when the subscription
service is operational and ready to go live – that is, when the customer has acknowledged the completion of all the deliverables in the signed customer acceptance form. The
Company generally invoices subscription service renewals for 100% of the total contract value when the renewal contract is executed. For the public safety solution, the pricing
model is based on a per-square-mile basis. For security solutions, the pricing model is on a customized-site basis. As a result of the process for invoicing contracts

79

 
 
 
 
and renewals upon execution, cash flows from operations and accounts receivable can fluctuate due to timing of contract execution and timing of deployment.

The Company recognizes revenues upon the satisfaction of performance obligations. At contract inception, the Company assesses the services promised in its contracts
with customers and identifies a performance obligation for each promise to transfer to the customer a good or service (or bundle of services) that is distinct. To identify the
performance  obligations,  the  Company  considers  all  of  the  services  promised  in  the  contract  regardless  of  whether  they  are  explicitly  stated  or  are  implied  by  customary
business  practices.  The  Company  determined  that  the  subscription  services,  training,  and  licenses  to  integrate  with  third-party  applications  are  each  distinct  and  represent
separate  performance  obligations.  The  setup  activities  are  not  distinct  from  the  subscription  service  and  are  combined  into  the  subscription  service  performance  obligation.
However, setup fees may provide a material right to the customer that has influence over the customers' decision to renew. All setup fees are assessed on a quantitative and
qualitative basis to determine whether they represent a distinct performance obligation. The total contract value is allocated to each performance obligation identified based on
the standalone selling price of the service. Discounts are allocated pro-rata to the identified performance obligations. For contracts that have an original duration of one year or
less, the Company uses the practical expedient applicable to such contracts and does not consider the time value of money.

Revenues from subscription services are recognized ratably, on a straight-line basis, over the term of the subscription. Revenues from material rights are recognized
ratably over the period in which they are determined to provide a material right to the customer, which is generally three years. Revenues from training and licenses to integrate
with third-party applications are recognized upon delivery which generally occurs when the subscription service is operational and ready to go live.  

Subscription renewal fees are recognized ratably over the term of the renewal, which is typically one year. While most customers elect to renew their agreements, in
some cases, they may not be able to obtain the proper approvals or funding to complete the renewal prior to expiration. For these customers, the Company stops recognizing
subscription revenues at the end of the current contract term, even though services may continue to be provided for a period of time until the renewal process is completed. Once
the renewal is complete, the Company recognizes subscription revenues for the period between the expiration of the term of the agreement and the completion of the renewal
process in the month in which the renewal is executed. If a customer declines to renew its subscription, then the remaining fees from material rights, if any, are immediately
recognized.

The Company capitalizes certain incremental costs of obtaining a contract, which includes sales commissions. As there are not commensurate commissions earned on
renewals of the subscription services, the Company capitalizes commissions related to subscription services provided under both the initial contract and renewal periods and
amortizes the capitalized commissions on a straight-line basis over the customer life, which is determined to be five years. For commissions that are earned on renewal contracts
with an original duration of one year or less, the Company uses the practical expedient applicable to such commissions and recognizes the commissions immediately as expense
instead of capitalizing. Amortization of capitalized commissions was $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and was included in sales and marketing expense in the
consolidated statements of operations. Amortization of capitalized commissions was $0.5 million and $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 and December 31,
2018, respectively.

Revenue Recognition – Software License, Maintenance and Support, and Professional Services

With the acquisition of LEEDS, LLC (“LEEDS”), the Company also generates revenues from the sale of (i)a software license and related maintenance and support
services to its proprietary software technology and (ii) professional software development services to a single customer, through a sales channel intermediary. The Company has
been serving this customer for more than ten years. The sales channel intermediary contract includes an annual, renewable subscription for software and related maintenance
and support services. The contract also provides for the procurement of professional services, such as for software development and testing for product feature enhancements, by
executing supplementary work orders.  

80

 
 
 
 
The Company recognizes revenue from the license of its software license and related maintenance and support services revenues upon the satisfaction of performance
obligations. The Company determined that the term-based software license should be combined with the maintenance and support services as a single performance obligation.
The nature of the maintenance and support services, inclusive of the Company’s obligation to provide additional, unspecified software functionality over the license term, in
allowing this single customer to be flexible in utilizing the customized software to respond to the changing regulatory environment, are critical to the customer’s ability to derive
benefit and value from the license. Contractually, the Company provides continuous access to the software, maintenance and support services, helpdesk and technical support
over the contract term, hence a time-elapsed method is used to recognize revenue. Revenues from the software license and maintenance and support services are recognized
ratably  over  the  term  of  the  contract  because  the  Company’s  obligation  to  provide  the  license  and  related  support  services  is  uniform  over  the  license  term.  The  Company
generally invoices for these services on a monthly basis in arrears.  

Professional services revenue consists of fees typically associated with the design, development and testing of product feature enhancements requested by the customer.
The  customer  procures  additional  development  services  as  needed,  and  generally  based  upon  annual  development  plans  negotiated  by  and  between  the  customer  and  the
Company. Professional services do not result in significant customization of the maintenance and support services and are considered distinct services. All, and any part of the
output,  of  the  Company’s  professional  services  towards  such  product  feature  enhancements,  belong  to  the  customer. Accordingly,  the  Company  satisfies  the  performance
obligations over time as the performance of work typically creates or enhances an asset that the customer controls as the asset is created or enhanced. As these product feature
enhancements each have a fixed contract fee, the Company recognizes revenue over time proportionally as work is performed, based on cumulative resource costs incurred as a
percentage of total forecast costs for the project. Management uses significant judgement in making these estimates, which affect the timing of revenue recognition, including
how much revenue to recognize in each period, and in estimating the timing of revenue recognition for remaining performance obligations (see Note 3). The contract price and
billing schedule are stated in each work order and the Company generally invoices in monthly installments upon the commencement of each work order.  

Gross versus net presentation  

The Company’s single software license and related service agreement was facilitated through a sales channel intermediary. The Company presents the total value of the
billings to the customer as revenue (or gross) and that portion of the billings to the customer retained by the sales channel intermediary as a sales cost which is included in sales
and marketing in the accompanying statement of operations, as the Company has determined that it was the principal in the arrangement. The Company’s conclusion is based on
its role in controlling the goods and services consumed by the end-customer throughout the license term or development life cycle, combined with its control over the price
charged to the end-user for such goods and services. The fees paid to the sales channel intermediary are expensed as incurred as it relates to a period of performance of one year,
and the sales channel intermediary is paid the same rate of commission on any license term renewals or additional professional services that are sold to the customer.  

Costs

Costs include the cost of revenues and charges for impairment of property and equipment. Cost of revenues related to gunshot detection services primarily includes
depreciation expense associated with capitalized customer acoustic sensor networks, communication expenses, costs related to hosting our service application, costs related to
operating our Incident Review Center (the “IRC”), providing remote and on-site customer support and maintenance and forensic services, certain personnel and related costs of
operations, stock-based compensation and allocated overhead, which includes information technology, facility and equipment depreciation costs.

Cost of revenues related to software license, maintenance and support, and professional services primarily include personnel costs of project managers, developers and

analysts working on the various support tickets and work orders. Such costs are expensed as incurred as they do not create an asset owned by the Company.

81

 
 
 
 
Advertising and Promotion Costs

Advertising  and  promotion  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred. Advertising  and  promotion  costs  were  $0.3  million,  $0.5  million  and  $0.6  million  for  the  years  ended

December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, and were included in sales and marketing expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and consisted primarily of salaries and benefits, consultant fees, certain facilities costs, and other direct costs

associated with the continued development of the Company’s solutions.

Product development costs are expensed as incurred until technological feasibility has been established, which we define as the completion of all planning, designing,
coding and testing activities that are necessary to establish products that meet design specifications including functions, features and technical performance requirements. We
have  determined  that  technological  feasibility  for  our  software  products  is  reached  shortly  before  they  are  released  for  sale.  Costs  incurred  after  technological  feasibility  is
established are not significant, and accordingly we expense all research and development costs when incurred. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include all cash and highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less.

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company’s cash and cash equivalents consisted of cash deposited in financial institutions.

Foreign Currency

The functional currency for the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is the local currency. The assets and liabilities of the subsidiary are translated into U.S. dollars using
the exchange rate at the end of each balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated at the average exchange rates for the period. Gains and losses from translations
are recognized in foreign currency translation included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Foreign currency
exchange gains and losses that are realized are recorded in other expense, net, in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Accounts Receivable, net and Contract Asset

Accounts receivable, net consist of trade accounts receivables from the Company’s customers, net of allowance for doubtful accounts if deemed necessary. Accounts
receivable are recorded as the invoiced amount. Accounts receivable also consists of trade accounts receivables (net of any commissions) from the sales channel intermediary
through  which  we  provide  software  license,  maintenance  and  support,  and  professional  services.  The  Company  does  not  require  collateral  or  other  security  for  accounts
receivable. Contract asset consist of revenues recognized in advance of invoicing the customer. We do not charge interest on accounts receivables that are past due.

The  Company  periodically  evaluates  the  collectability  of  its  accounts  receivable  and  provides  an  allowance  for  potential  credit  losses  based  on  the  Company’s
historical  experience. At  December  31,  2020,  the  Company  had  a  provision  against  accounts  receivable  of  $74,000. At  December  31,  2019,  the  Company  did  not  have  an
allowance  for  potential  credit  losses  as  there  were no estimated credit losses. If a receivable is deemed by the Company to be uncollectible, the Company will write off the
receivable to bad debt expense.

82

Concentrations of Risk

Credit Risk — Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consisted primarily of restricted cash, cash and cash equivalents
and accounts receivable from trade customers. The Company maintains its cash deposits at three domestic and four international financial institutions. The Company is
exposed to credit risk in the event of default by a financial institution to the extent that cash and cash equivalents are in excess of the amount insured by the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation. The Company generally places its cash and cash equivalents with high-credit quality financial institutions. To date, the Company has not
experienced any losses on its cash and cash equivalents.

Concentration of Accounts Receivable and Contract Asset — At December 31, 2020, three customers accounted for 37%, 27% and 11%, respectively, of the Company’s
total  accounts  receivable. At  December  31,  2019, one  customer  accounted  for 55%,  of  the  Company’s  account  receivable.  Fluctuations  in  accounts  receivable  result
from timing of the Company’s execution of contracts and collection of related payments.

Concentration  of  Revenues  — For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020, two  customers  accounted  for 18%  and 15%  of  the  Company’s  revenues,  For  the  year  ended
December 31, 2019, two customers accounted for 20% and 14% of the Company’s revenues. For the year ended December 31, 2018, two customers accounted for 22%
and 15% of the Company’s revenues.

Concentration of Suppliers  — The  Company  relies  on  a  limited  number  of  suppliers  and  contract  manufacturers.  In  particular,  a  single  supplier  is  currently  the  sole
manufacturer of the Company’s proprietary sensors.

Business Acquisitions

The  Company  allocates  the  fair  value  of  purchase  consideration  to  the  tangible  assets  acquired,  liabilities  assumed  and  intangible  assets  acquired  based  on  their
estimated  fair  values.  The  excess  of  the  fair  value  of  purchase  consideration  over  the  fair  values  of  these  identifiable  assets  and  liabilities  is  recorded  as  goodwill.  When
determining the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, management makes significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets.
Acquisition-related expenses are recognized separately from the business combination and are recognized as general and administrative expense as incurred.

Goodwill

Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level (operating segment or one level below an operating segment) on an annual basis (October 1) and between
annual  tests  if  an  event  occurs  or  circumstances  change  that  would  more  likely  than  not  reduce  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  below  its  carrying  value.  These  events  or
circumstances  could  include  a  significant  change  in  the  business  climate,  legal  factors,  operating  performance  indicators,  competition,  or  sale  or  disposition  of  a  significant
portion of a reporting unit. We performed our annual test for goodwill impairment as of October 1, 2020 and concluded that no goodwill impairment charge was necessary.
Since inception through December 31, 2020, the Company did not have any goodwill impairment.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consisted of acquired patents and capitalized legal fees related to obtaining patents, as well as customer relationships as a result from the Company’s
acquisition  of  HunchLab  in  2018  and  LEEDS  in  2020  (see  Note  4,  Business  Acquisitions).  Patent  assets  are  stated  at  costs,  less  accumulated  amortization.  Customer
relationships are recorded at fair value as of the date of the acquisition. Intangible assets are amortized on an attribution method, over their expected useful lives, which range
from three years for patents and seven to fifteen years for customer relationships.

83

 
Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment, net, is stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. The Company depreciates property and equipment using the straight-line
method over their estimated useful lives, ranging from three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the asset’s useful life or the remaining lease
term. Costs incurred to develop software for internal use and for the Company’s solutions are capitalized and amortized over such software’s estimated useful life. Internally
developed  software  costs  capitalized  during  all  periods  presented  have  not  been  material.  Property  and  equipment,  net  also  includes  software  technology  resulting  from  the
Company’s acquisition of HunchLab, which is recorded at fair value as of the date of the acquisition, amortized on the straight-line basis over five years.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company annually reviews long-lived assets for impairment or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not
be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to the future undiscounted net cash flows which the asset is expected to generate. If
such  assets  are  determined  to  be  impaired,  the  impairment  to  be  recognized  is  measured  as  the  amount  by  which  the  carrying  amount  of  the  assets  exceeds  the  future
undiscounted net cash flows arising from the assets. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of their carrying amounts or fair value less cost to sell.

Royalty Expense

In 2009, the Company entered into a license agreement with a third party relating to a patented gunshot digital imaging system that facilitates integration with certain
third-party  systems.  The  terms  of  the  license  agreement  require  the  Company  to  pay  a  one-time  fee  of  $5,000  for  each  license  sold  to  a  customer  allowing  the  customer  to
integrate their ShotSpotter service with a third-party application, such as a video management system, with a minimum annual amount due of $75,000. In 2020, 2019, and 2018,
the Company incurred only the $75,000 minimum amount. The license agreement renews automatically on each subsequent year unless it is terminated in accordance with the
agreement.

Fair Value Measurements

The Company uses a three-level hierarchy for fair value measurements based on the nature of inputs used in the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement
date. The three-level hierarchy prioritizes, within the measurement of fair value, the use of market-based information over entity-specific information. Fair value focuses on an
exit  price  and  is  defined  as  the  price  that  would  be  received  to  sell  an  asset  or  paid  to  transfer  a  liability  in  an  orderly  transaction  between  market  participants  at  the
measurement date. The inputs or methodology used for valuing financial instruments are not necessarily an indication of the risks associated with investing in those financial
instruments. The three-level hierarchy for fair value measurements is defined as follows:

Level I — Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level II — Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or
liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

Level III — Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

An asset’s or a liability’s categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company generally grants options to purchase shares of its common stock to its employees, directors and non-employees for a fixed number of shares with an
exercise  price  equal  to  the  fair  value  of  the  underlying  shares  at  the  grant  date. All  stock  option  grants  are  accounted  for  using  the  fair  value  method,  and  stock-based
compensation expense is recognized ratably over the requisite service period as the underlying options vest which is the requisite

84

 
service period. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to measure the fair value of its stock options.

The Company estimated the grant date fair value of its common stock options using the following assumptions:

Expected Term — The expected term represents the period that the stock-based compensation awards are expected to be outstanding. Since the Company did not have
sufficient historical information to develop reasonable expectations about future exercise behavior, the Company used the simplified method to compute expected term, which
reflects the weighted-average of time-to-vesting.

Risk-Free Interest Rate — The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield on U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the grant date.

Expected Volatility —The expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s stock.

Dividend  Yield —  Expected  dividend  yield  is  based  on  our  dividend  policy  at  the  time  the  options  were  granted.  We  do  not  plan  to  pay  any  dividends  in  the

foreseeable future. Consequently, we have historically used an expected dividend yield of zero.

The Company uses the market closing price of its common stock as traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market to determine fair value.

The Company generally grants unvested restricted stock unit awards to non-employee directors and executive management for a fixed number of shares and a fixed
vesting schedule. The restricted stock unit awards are valued using the closing price on the date of grant and stock-based compensation is recognized ratably over the requisite
service period.

Forfeitures are recognized as and when they occur.

Segment Information

The  chief  operating  decision  maker  is  its  Chief  Executive  Officer,  who  allocates  resources  and  assesses  financial  performance  based  upon  discrete  financial
information at the consolidated level. There are no segment managers who are held accountable by the chief operating decision maker, or anyone else, for operations, operating
results and planning for levels or components below the consolidated unit level. Accordingly, we have determined that we operate as a single operating and reportable segment.

Income Taxes

The Company records income taxes in accordance with the liability method of accounting. Deferred taxes are recognized for the estimated taxes ultimately payable or
recoverable based on enacted tax law. The Company establishes a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset
will not be realizable. Changes in tax rates are reflected in the tax provision as they occur.

In accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, the Company recognizes the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax
authority  would  more  likely  than  not  sustain  the  position  following  an  audit. For  tax  positions  meeting  the  more  likely  than  not  threshold,  the  amount  recognized  in  the
consolidated  financial  statements  is  the  largest  benefit  that  has  a  greater  than  50  percent  likelihood  of  being  realized  upon  ultimate  settlement  with  the  relevant  tax
authority. The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense.

85

Net Income (Loss) per Share

Basic net income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted
net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of common shares and common stock equivalents outstanding during
the period. Common stock equivalents are only included when their effect is dilutive. Common stock equivalents and unvested restricted stock units are potentially dilutive
securities and include convertible preferred stock, warrants and outstanding stock options. These potentially dilutive securities are excluded from the computation of diluted net
income (loss) per share if their inclusion would be anti-dilutive.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Effective

In  June  2016,  the  FASB  issued ASU  2016-13,  Financial  Instruments  —  Credit  Losses  (Topic  326):  Measurement  of  Credit  Losses  on  Financial  Instruments.  The
amendments  in  this ASU  replace  the  incurred  loss  impairment  methodology  in  current  GAAP  with  a  methodology  that  reflects  current  expected  credit  loss  (“CECL”)  and
requires  consideration  of  a  broader  range  of  reasonable  and  supportable  information  to  inform  credit  loss  estimates.  The  guidance  will  be  effective  at  the  beginning  of  the
Company’s first quarter of fiscal 2023. Early adoption of the amendments is permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of this ASU to have any material impact on
its consolidated financial statements.

In  December  2019,  the  FASB  issued ASU 2019-12,  Income  Taxes  (Topic  740), simplifying  the  accounting  for  income  taxes  by  removing  certain  exceptions  to  the
general principles. The guidance will be effective at the beginning of our first quarter of fiscal 2022. Early adoption of the amendments is permitted. We do not expect the
adoption of this ASU to have any impact on the consolidated financial statements.

Note 3. Revenue Related Disclosures

Changes in deferred revenue were as follows (in thousands):

Balance at the beginning of the year
   New billings
   Revenue recognized during the year from balance at the beginning of the year
   Revenue recognized during the year from new billings
   Foreign currency impact
Balance at the end of the year

December 31,

2020

2019

  $

  $

26,958     $
42,499    
(18,944 )  
(25,947 )  
12    
24,578     $

24,161  
43,080  
(17,198 )
(23,092 )
7  

26,958

The following table presents remaining performance obligations for contractually committed revenues as of December 31, 2020 (in thousands):

2021
2022
2023
Thereafter
Total

  $

  $

41,967  
10,493  
3,522  
1,371  
57,353  

The  timing  of  revenue  recognition  includes  estimates  of  go-live  dates  for  contracts  not  yet  live.  Contractually  committed  revenue  includes  deferred  revenue  as  of

December 31, 2020 and amounts under contract that will be invoiced after December 31, 2020.  

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recognized revenues of $45.0 million from customers in the United States, and $0.7 million from customers

in South Africa and the Bahamas. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recognized revenues of $39.7 million from customers in the United States

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
and $1.0 million from a customer in South Africa. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recognized revenues of $33.9 million from customers in the United
States and $0.9 million from a customer in South Africa.

Note 4. Business Acquisitions

LEEDS

On November 24, 2020, the Company completed the acquisition of 100% of the membership interests in LEEDS for a purchase consideration of $21.6 million in cash,
subject  to  working  capital  adjustments,  and  $2.0  million  in 63,901  units  of  ShotSpotter  common  stock.  The  purchase  consideration  also  included  a  contingent  earnout
agreement. Up to $2.5 million in contingent earnout will be payable based on LEEDS' revenues generated during 2021. An additional amount up to $2.5  million  contingent
earnout  will  be  payable  based  on  LEEDS'  revenues  during  2022.  The  amounts  will  be  determined  and  paid  within  approximately 90 days  after  the  end  of  2021  and  2022,
respectively. The preliminary fair value of the contingent earnout is $0.2 million, resulting in a total estimated purchase consideration of $23.8  million.  The  acquisition  will
enable the Company to broaden its suite of precision policing solutions to offer its customers.

The following table summarizes the allocation of the purchase price as of the acquisition date, November 24, 2020 (in thousands):

Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable and contract asset, net
Property and equipment, net
Operating lease right-of-use asset
Goodwill
Customer relationship
Other asset
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
Other liabilities
         Total estimated consideration

  $

  $

7,044  
1,060  
161  
225  
1,432  
14,410  
45  
(458 )
(98 )
23,821  

The purchase price allocation above is final except for measure period adjustments which may be required in the future following purchase price adjustments related to

working capital true-up.

Goodwill primarily represents the value of the employee workforce as well as cash flows from future customers. The Company expects to deduct the amortization of

goodwill and intangible assets for tax purposes. A portion of the amortization deduction will commence upon settlement of contingent consideration and contingent liabilities.

The Company valued the customer relationship asset using the income approach. Significant assumptions include forecasts of revenues, cost of revenues, research and
development expense, sales and marketing expense, general and administrative expense and estimated customer attrition rates. The Company discounted the cash flows at 7%,
reflecting the risk profile of the asset. The customer relationship asset will be amortized over an estimated useful life of 15 years.

Acquisition-related expenses totaled $0.6 million, which were included in general and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2020.

The unaudited pro forma combined revenue and net income presented below have been prepared as if the Company had acquired LEEDS on January 1, 2019. The
unaudited pro forma financial information has been derived from the consolidated statements of operations of the Company and LEEDS for the below periods. The historical
financial information has been adjusted in the unaudited combined pro forma information based upon currently available information and certain estimates and assumptions.
The actual effect of the transactions ultimately may differ from the pro forma adjustments included herein. However, management believes that the assumptions used to prepare
the pro forma adjustments provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects of the transactions

87

 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
as currently contemplated and that the pro forma adjustments are factually supportable, give appropriate effect to the expected impact of events that are directly attributable to
the  transactions,  and  reflect  those  items  expected  to  have  a  continuing  impact  on  the  Company.  The  unaudited  pro  forma  financial  information  as  presented  below  is  for
informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that would have been achieved if the acquisition had taken place on January 1, 2019.

The unaudited pro forma combined revenue and net income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows (in thousands):

Revenues
Net income (loss)

HunchLab

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2019

  $
  $

59,196  
5,014  

  $
  $

50,630  
(145 )

On October 3, 2018, the Company acquired certain technology, referred to as HunchLab, and related assets from Azavea Inc. The acquisition provides an opportunity
to  increase  the  Company’s  revenue  per  customer  with  a  related  and  value-added  technology  that  helps  deter  crime  through  strategically  planned  patrols.  The  purchase
consideration totaled $2.5 million, consisting of $1.7 million in cash and a contingent earnout payable in cash for up to $750,000 based on HunchLab’s revenues generated over
the three-year period following the acquisition date. The Company determined the acquisition-date fair value of the contingent consideration liability based on the likelihood of
meeting revenues forecasts.  

The following table presents the purchase price allocation (in thousands):

Accounts receivable
Prepaid expense
Deferred revenue, short term
Accounts payable
Software technology
Customer relationships
Goodwill
Total purchase consideration

  $

  $

114  
4  
(120 )
(26 )
950  
160  
1,379  
2,461

Goodwill  primarily  represents  the  value  of  cash  flows  from  future  customers.  The  Company  expects  to  deduct  goodwill  and  identifiable  technology  and  intangible

assets for tax purposes, a portion of which will commence upon settlement of contingent consideration and contingent liabilities.

The following table presents the components of the identifiable technology and intangible assets and the estimated useful lives (in thousands):

Software technology
Customer relationships

Total identifiable technology and intangible assets

Fair Value

950  
160  
1,110  

  $

  $

Useful
Life
5 years
7 years

The Company valued customer relationships and the software technology using the income approach. Significant assumptions include forecasts of revenues, cost of
revenues, research and development expense, sales and marketing expense, general and administrative expense and estimated customer attrition rates. The Company discounted
the cash flows at 25.5%, reflecting the risk profile of the assets.

Acquisition-related expenses totaled $0.2 million, which were included in general and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2018.

88

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company has not presented separate results of operations since closing or combined pro forma financial information of the Company and HunchLab since the

beginning of fiscal 2017, as results of operations for HunchLab are immaterial.

Note 5. Fair Value Measurements

There were no transfers into or out of Level III during the year ended December 31, 2020. The changes in the fair value of contingent consideration are summarized

below (in thousands):

Fair value at December 31, 2018 and 2019
Payment of contingent consideration
Contingent consideration from business
   combination
Change in fair value of contingent consideration
Fair value at December 31, 2020

Fair Value
Measurements at
Reporting Date

Using Level III Inputs  
750  
(347 )

  $
  $

  $

170  
—  
573

As  of  the  acquisition  date  of  HunchLab  (see  Note  4, Business Acquisitions)  and  as  of  December  31,  2018,  the  Company  estimated,  based  on  (i)  the  probability  of
achieving  the  relevant  revenues  targets  and  (ii)  the  timing  of  achieving  such  targets,  that  the  fair  value  of  the  contingent  consideration  approximates  the  maximum  amount
payable. There was no change in fair value during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. In January 2020, the Company paid $0.3 million based on revenues generated
over  the  first  year  of  the  contingent  earnout  period.  In  February  2021,  subsequent  to  December  31,  2020,  the  Company  paid  the  remaining  $0.4  million  of  the  contingent
earnout based on revenues generated over the second year of the contingent earnout period.

Using a Monte Carlo Simulation approach, the Company estimated the fair value of the contingent consideration at the acquisition date of LEEDS to be $0.2 million.
The Company estimated cash flows relevant to the revenue targets over the contingent consideration period fiscal years 2021 and 2022. The asset volatilities used in the model
ranged from 34.2% to 54.5%. The revenue volatilities used in the model ranged from 8.3% to 13.2%.

Note 6. Goodwill

The changes in goodwill for 2020 and 2019 are as follows (in thousands):

Balance, beginning of year

Acquisition of LEEDS (see Note 4—Business Acquisitions)
Balance, end of year

The Company had no accumulated goodwill impairment charges as of December 31, 2020.

89

2020

2019

1,379     $
1,432  
2,811     $

1,379  
—  

1,379  

  $

  $

         
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
Note 7. Intangible Assets, net

Intangible Assets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows (in thousands):

Customer relationships
Patents
    Total intangible assets, net

Customer relationships
Patents
    Total intangible assets, net

Gross

Gross

  $

  $

  $

  $

2020

Accumulated
Amortization

14,570     $
1,158    
15,728     $

(147 )   $

(1,041 )  
(1,188 )   $

2019

Accumulated
Amortization

14,423  
117  
14,540  

Net

Net

160     $

1,092    
1,252     $

(29 )   $

(974 )  
(1,003 )   $

131  
118  
249

Intangible amortization expense was $187,000, $88,000 and $61,000 for 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

The following table presents future intangible asset amortization as of December 31, 2020 (in thousands):

2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
Thereafter
Total

Note 8. Details of Certain Consolidated Balance Sheet Accounts

Prepaid expenses and other current assets (in thousands):

Prepaid software and licenses
Prepaid insurance
Other prepaid expenses
Deferred commissions
Other

$

$

1,046  
1,022  
1,000  
984  
978  
9,510  
14,540

December 31,

2020

2019

653     $
561    
136    
715    
107    
2,172     $

321  
473  
94  
753  
123  
1,764

  $

  $

90

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts receivable and contract asset (in thousands):

Accounts receivable
Contract asset
Allowance for potential credit losses

Other assets (in thousands):

Deferred commissions
Other

Property and equipment, net (in thousands):

Deployed equipment
Computer equipment
Software
Furniture and fixtures
Leasehold improvements
Vehicles
Construction in progress

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

December 31,

2020

2019

  $

  $

12,459     $
536    
(74 )  
12,921     $

13,798  
85  
—  
13,883  

December 31,

2020

2019

  $

  $

1,465     $
140    
1,605     $

1,579  
55  
1,634

December 31,

2020

2019

  $

  $

  $

  $

31,761  
1,550  
1,314  
217  
306  
124  
1,506  
  $
36,778  
(21,432 )    
  $
15,346  

28,930  
1,141  
1,314  
169  
234  
124  
1,209  
33,121  
(16,565 )
16,556

Depreciation and amortization expense during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $5.4 million, $4.9 million and $3.9 million, respectively.

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities (in thousands):

Personnel-related accruals
Royalties payable
Professional fees
Sales/ use tax payable
Contingent consideration
Operating lease liability
Other

Other liabilities (long-term) (in thousand):

Operating lease liabilities
Contingent consideration liability
Other liabilities

Note 9. Impairment of Property and Equipment

December 31,

2020

2019

4,217  
55  
92  
46  
403  
484  
316  
5,613  

  $

  $

2,883  
115  
317  
91  
750  
302  
427  
4,885

  $

  $

December 31,

2020

2019

  $

  $

461  
170  
─  
631  

  $

  $

296  
─  
2  
298  

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recognized impairment expense of $234,000 for the impairment of property and equipment primarily related

to the book value of customer assets installed at certain customers that did not renew during the year.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company did not recognize any impairment.

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018,  the  Company  recognized  impairment  expense  of  $0.7  million  for  the  impairment  of  property  and  equipment  primarily
related to the remaining book value of indoor sensor inventory and indoor sensor networks installed at certain security customers. Management concluded that the impairment
charges were required because the Company made the strategic decision to no longer include indoor coverage as part of its service offering.

Note 10. Financing Arrangements

Credit Agreement

On September 27, 2018, the Company entered into a Credit Agreement with Umpqua Bank (the “Umpqua Credit Agreement”), which allows the Company to borrow
up to $10.0 million under a revolving loan facility (the “Revolving Facility”). In August 2020, we entered into an amendment to our credit facility to increase the size of our
available loan facility from $10.0 million to $20.0  million. The  Company  intends  to  use  the  Revolving  Facility  for  general  working  capital  purposes.  Borrowings  under  the
Umpqua Credit Agreement are secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company. The Umpqua Credit Agreement includes a letter of credit subfacility of up to $ 3.0
million. Any amounts outstanding under the letter of credit subfacility reduce the amount available for the Company to borrow under the Revolving Facility.

92

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
  
Borrowings  under  the  Umpqua  Credit Agreement  bear  interest,  at  the  Company’s  option,  at  a  rate  equal  to  either (1)  a  base  rate,  which  fluctuates  daily  and  is  the
greater of (a) the prime rate in effect as of any date of determination and (b) the daily LIBOR rate as of such date of determination plus 1.0% per annum, or (2) a LIBOR rate,
which  can  be  for  a  period  of  30,  60  or 90  days  at  the  Company’s  option  and  is  equal  to  the  published  rate  in  the  Wall  Street  Journal  for  such  30-,  60-  or  90-day  period two
business days prior to the commencement of such period, in each case plus 2.0% per annum. The Company will be required to repay all amounts outstanding under the Umpqua
Credit  Agreement  on September  27,  2022  or  earlier  if  the  Umpqua  Credit Agreement  is  terminated  prior  to  such  date.  The  Umpqua  Credit Agreement  also  includes  an
uncommitted incremental facility provision that would allow the Company, subject to satisfaction of certain conditions, including approval by Umpqua Bank, to increase the
Revolving Facility up to a total of $25.0 million.

Under the Umpqua Credit Agreement, the Company is subject to various negative covenants that limit, subject to certain exclusions, the Company’s ability to incur
indebtedness, make loans, invest in or secure the obligations of other parties, pay or declare dividends, make distributions with respect to the Company’s securities, redeem
outstanding shares of the Company’s stock, create subsidiaries, materially change the nature of its business, enter into related party transactions, engage in mergers and business
combinations, the acquisition or transfer of Company assets outside of the ordinary course of business, grant liens or enter into collateral relationships involving company assets
or reincorporate, reorganize or dissolve the Company.  

There were no borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Note 11. Related Party Transactions

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recognized $0.2 million in revenues, from ShotSpotter Labs projects with charitable organizations that have
received  donations  from  one  of  the  Company’s  directors  and  one  of  the  Company’s  significant  shareholders.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  the  Company
recognized $0.6 million in revenues, from ShotSpotter Labs. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company did not have any related party transactions.   

Note 12. Income Taxes

The domestic and foreign components of net income (loss) before income tax expense were as follows (in thousands):

Domestic
Foreign

Net income (loss) before income tax

The provision (benefit) for income tax consists of the following (in thousands):

Current:

Federal
State
Foreign
Total

Deferred:

Federal
State
Foreign
Total

Total tax expense (benefit)

93

2020

Year Ended December 31,
2019

2018

1,562     $
(427 )  
1,135     $

1,743     $
14    
1,757     $

(3,083 )
345  
(2,738 )

Year Ended December 31,

2020

2019

2018

—     $
—    
(7 )    

(7 )    

—    
—    
(83 )  
(83 )    

(90 )   $

—     $
—    
7  

7  

—    
—    
(48 )  
(48 )    

(41 )   $

—  
—  
(13 )

(13 )

—  
—  
—  
—  

(13 )

  $

  $

  $

  $

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
     
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A reconciliation of income taxes at the statutory federal income tax rate to net income (loss) taxes included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations

is as follows (in thousands):

Income tax at statutory rate
Change in valuation allowance
Change in deferreds
State tax
Stock-based compensation
Research and development credit
Foreign rate differential
Other

Total

2020

  $

  $

December 31,
2019

2018

240     $
(165 )  
8    
(37 )  
(11 )  
(103 )  
(40 )  
18    
(90 )   $

369     $
(17 )  
100    
(133 )  
(420 )  
(82 )  
(43 )  
185    
(41 )   $

(575 )
1,595  
7  
(309 )
(615 )
(220 )
(86 )
190  
(13 )

Temporary differences that gave rise to significant portions of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 were as follows (in

thousands):

Deferred tax assets:

Net operating losses
Credits
Accruals and reserves
Deferred revenue and contract costs

Gross deferred tax assets

Valuation allowance

Net deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities:

Fixed assets and intangibles

Total deferred tax assets (liabilities), net

Year Ended December 31,

2020

2019

20,265     $
2,292    
1,648    
296    
24,501    

(23,667 )  

834    

(785 )  

49     $

21,556  
2,055  
767  
116  
24,494  

(23,693 )

801  

(836 )

(35 )

  $

  $

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not
be realized. The Company regularly assesses the likelihood that the deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income. The Company considers projected future
taxable income and ongoing tax planning strategies, then records a valuation allowance to reduce the carrying value of the net deferred taxes to an amount that is more likely
than not able to be realized. Based upon the Company’s assessment of all available evidence, including the previous three years of U.S. based taxable income and loss after
permanent  items,  estimates  of  future  profitability,  and  the  Company’s  overall  prospects  of  future  business,  the  Company  determined  that  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the
Company will not be able to realize a portion of the deferred tax assets in the future. The Company will continue to assess the potential realization of deferred tax assets on an
annual basis, or an interim basis if circumstances warrant. If the Company’s actual results and updated projections vary significantly from the projections used as a basis for this
determination, the Company may need to change the valuation allowance against the gross deferred tax assets. Management determined that a valuation allowance of $23.7
million and $23.7 million was required as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

The federal and state loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2026 and 2021, respectively, unless previously utilized. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had
available  net  operating  loss  carryforward  of  approximately  $80.4  million  and  $85.6  million,  respectively,  for  federal  income  tax  purposes,  of  which  $75.5  million  were
generated before 2018 and will begin to expire in 2026. The remaining net operating losses of $5.0 million can be carried forward indefinitely under Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. The
Company continually monitor all positive and negative evidence regarding the realization of its deferred tax assets and may record assets when it

94

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
becomes more likely than not, than they will be realized, which may impact the expense or benefit from income taxes.

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the net operating losses for state purposes are $51.1 million and $55.0 million, respectively, and will begin to expire in 2021 if not

utilized.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had available for carryover research and experimental credits for federal and California income tax purposes of approximately
$1.2 million and $1.3  million,  respectively,  which  are  available  to  reduce  future  income  taxes. The  federal  research  and  experimental  tax  credits  will  begin  to  expire,  if  not
utilized, in 2026. The California research and experimental tax credits carry forward indefinitely until utilized.

Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”), as amended, and similar California regulations impose substantial restrictions on the utilization of net
operating  losses  and  tax  credits  in  the  event  of  an  “ownership  change”  of  a  corporation.  Accordingly,  the  Company’s  ability  to  utilize  net  operating  losses  and  credit
carryforwards may be limited as the result of such an “ownership change” as defined in the Code.

Uncertain Tax Positions

The Company applied FASB ASC 740-10-50, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Tax, which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attributes for the
financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized if it has
less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized uncertain tax positions is as follows (in thousands):

Balance as of December 31, 2018

Increases for current year tax positions
Decrease for prior year tax positions

Balance as of December 31, 2019

Increases for current year tax positions

Increases for prior year tax positions

Balance as of December 31, 2020

  $

  $

734  
75  
(37 )

772  

70  

17  

859

Of the total unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2020, no amount will impact the Company's effective tax rate. The Company does not anticipate that there will

be a substantial change in unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax positions within the income tax expense line in the accompanying consolidated statements

of operations. There were no accrued interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2020 or December 31, 2019.

The Company files federal and state income tax returns in the U.S, certain U.S. territories, and certain foreign jurisdictions. The statues of limitations remain open for
2006 through 2020 in U.S. for federal and state purposes in the U.S. and certain U.S. territories. Years beyond the normal statutes of limitations remain open to audit by tax
authorities due to tax attributes generated in earlier years which are being carried forward and may be audited in subsequent years when utilized.

In  January  2018,  the  FASB  released  guidance  on  the  accounting  for  tax  on  the  global  intangible  low-taxed  income  ("GILTI")  provisions  of  the Act.  The  GILTI

provisions impose a tax on foreign income in excess of a deemed return on tangible assets of foreign corporations.

95

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
Note 13. Capital Stock

Common Stock

The  Company  is  authorized  to  issue 500,000,000  shares  of  common  stock  with  a  par  value  of  $0.005  per  share.  At  December  31,  2020  and  2019,  there  were
11,538,998 and 11,314,150 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, respectively. Holders of common stock have voting rights equal to one vote per share of common
stock held and are entitled to receive any dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board.

At December 31, 2020, shares of common stock reserved for future issuance were as follows:

Options outstanding
Shares available for future grant
Unvested restricted stock units
Warrants to purchase common stock

Total

December 31,
2020

813,242  
1,248,672  
141,508  
50,716  
2,254,138

Preferred Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with a par value of $0.005. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, there was no preferred stock

issued or outstanding.

Stock Repurchase Program

In May 2019, our board of directors adopted a stock repurchase program for up to $15 million of our common stock. Although our board of directors has authorized
the stock repurchase program, it does not obligate us to repurchase any specific dollar amount or number of shares, there is no expiration date for the stock repurchase program,
and the stock repurchase program may be modified, suspended or terminated at any time and for any reason.

During the year ended December 31, 2020,  we  repurchased 74,520 shares of our common stock at an average price of $21.65 per share for $1.6  million.  During  the
year ended December 31, 2019, we repurchased 257,824 shares of our common stock at an average price of $26 per share for $6.7 million. The repurchases were made in open
market transactions using cash on hand, and all of the shares repurchased were retired.

Note 14. Net Income (Loss) per Share

The following table summarizes the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except share and per share data):

Numerator:
Net income (loss)
Denominator:
Weighted-average shares outstanding, basic
Weighted-average shares outstanding, diluted
Net income (loss) per share, basic
Net income (loss) per share, diluted

2020

Year Ended December 31,
2019

2018

  $

1,225     $

1,798     $

(2,725 )

11,408,757    
11,730,294    

11,302,780    
11,846,348    

  $
  $

0.11     $
0.10     $

0.16     $
0.15     $

10,569,007  
10,569,007  
(0.26 )
(0.26 )

96

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following potentially dilutive shares outstanding at the end of the periods presented were excluded in the calculation of diluted net income (loss) per share as the

effect would have been anti-dilutive:

Options to purchase common stock
Unvested restricted stock units
Warrants to purchase Series B-1 convertible
   preferred or common stock

Total

2020

Year Ended December 31,
2019

573,340    
101,255    

—    
674,595    

269,202    
54,620    

—    
323,822    

2018

820,186  
110,764  

163,713  
1,094,663

Note 15. Common Stock Warrants

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had the following common stock warrants issued and outstanding:

Warrant Class
Common stock warrant
Common stock warrant (1)

Shares

2020

2019

Issuance
Date

Price
per Share

Expiration
Date

50,716      
—      
50,716      

50,716     February 2014
84,000     June 2017
134,716    

  $
  $

0.1700     February 2021
13.2000     June 2020

(1)

In June 2017, in connection with its public offering, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 84,000 shares of common stock to its lead underwriter. The Company
determined the fair value of this warrant on the date of issuance to be $0.3 million. The warrant was immediately exercisable and was exercised in 2020 on cashless
basis and converted into 46,939 shares of common stock.    

The outstanding warrants for 50,716 shares were exercised in February 2021 on cash basis and converted into 50,716 shares of common stock.

Note 16. Equity Incentive Plans

In February 2005, the Company adopted the 2005 Stock Plan, as amended in January 2010 and November 2012 (the “2005 Plan”). Under the 2005 Plan provisions, the

Company was authorized to grant incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units, and shares of restricted stock.

In May 2017, the Board and the Company’s stockholders approved the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2017 Plan”), which became effective in connection with the
IPO. As a result of the adoption of the 2017 Plan, no further grants may be made under the 2005 Plan. The 2017 Plan provides for the issuance of stock options, restricted stock
units and other awards to employees, directors and consultants of the Company. The 2017 Plan included an evergreen provision which provides for the number of shares of
common stock reserved for issuance under the 2017 Plan to automatically increase on January 1 of each year by the lesser of (1) 5% of the number of shares of the Company’s
capital  stock  outstanding  on  December  31st  of  the  preceding  calendar  year  or  (2)  such  number  of  shares  as  determined  by  the  Board. The  Company’s  2017  Plan  was
automatically increased on January 1, 2020 by 565,707 shares, which was equal to 5% of the total number of shares of capital stock outstanding on December 31, 2019.

The following table summarizes the activity of shares available for grant under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan:

97

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
     
     
 
 
 
Shares available for grant at December 31, 2019

Increase in accordance with the evergreen provision
Options issued during the year
Canceled during the year
RSUs granted

Shares available for grant at December 31, 2020

Stock Options

1,632,636  
565,707  
(347,095 )
54,890  
(91,759 )

1,814,379

Incentive stock options may only be granted to Company employees and may only be granted with an exercise price not less than the fair value of the common stock,
or not less than 110% of fair value when the grant is issued to a person who, at the time of grant, owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of
stock. Non-statutory stock options may be granted to Company employees, directors and consultants, and may be granted at a price per share not less than fair value on the date
of the grant.

Options granted under the 2005 Plan and 2017 Plan generally vest over four years and expire no later than 10 years from the grant date. The 2005 Plan and 2017 Plan
grants  the  Board  discretion  to  determine  when  the  options  granted  will  become  exercisable.  The  2005  Plan  and  2017  Plan  allows  for  the  exercise  of  unvested  options  with
repurchase rights over the restricted common stock issued. At December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, there were no unvested options resulting from early exercises.

The fair value of stock option grants is set forth below and was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

Fair value of common stock
Expected term (in years)
Risk-free interest rate
Expected volatility
Expected dividend yield

A summary of stock option activities during 2020, 2019 and 2018 is as follows:

Outstanding at December 31, 2017

Granted
Exercised
Canceled

Outstanding at December 31, 2018

Granted
Exercised
Canceled

Outstanding at December 31, 2019

Granted
Exercised
Canceled

Outstanding at December 31, 2020

98

2020
$23.49-$34.07
6
0.36%-0.83%
64%-68%
—

Year Ended December 31,

2019
$20.07-$44.95
6
1.71%-2.49%
64%-67%
—

2018
$23.72-$47.39
6
2.60%-3.00%
64%-67%
—

Number
of Options
Outstanding

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
per Option  

Aggregate Intrinsic
Value Exercised (in
thousands)

1,294,128     $
157,078     $
(609,985 )   $
(21,035 )   $
820,186     $
138,200     $
(307,365 )   $
(33,528 )   $
617,493     $
347,095     $
(96,456 )   $
(54,890 )   $
813,242     $

1.79    
33.70     $
0.90    
6.78    
8.44    
35.76     $
1.47    
24.80    
17.13    
32.14     $
3.25    
26.07    
24.58    

20.59    

    $

12,574  

21.86    

    $

12,117  

19.15    

    $

2,257  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
     
 
     
   
   
 
 
Additional information for stock options at December 31, 2020 were as follows:

Outstanding at December 31, 2020
Exercisable at December 31, 2020

Number
of Options

813,242  
391,438  

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Aggregate
Intrinsic Value (in
thousands)

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual term (in
years)

24.58     $
16.22     $

11,445    
8,779    

7.69  
6.29

At December31, 2020, total unrecognized stock-based compensation cost related to unvested stock options was $7.9million, which will be recognized ratably over a

weighted-average period of 3.0 years.

No income tax benefits from stock-based compensation arrangements have been recognized in the consolidated statements of operations.  

Restricted Stock Units 

The Company grants restricted stock units (“RSU”) under the 2017 Plan to executive management and its non-employee Board directors. RSUs granted to executive
management generally vest over four years. RSUs granted to non-employee Board directors generally vest annually. A new non-employee Board director will receive an initial
grant upon joining the Board and all Board directors will receive new annual grants at each annual meeting of shareholders.

The following table summarizes the activity of RSU awards:

Unvested RSUs at December 31, 2017

Granted
Vested

Unvested RSUs at December 31, 2018

Granted
Vested

Unvested RSUs at December 31, 2019

Granted
Vested
Forfeited

Unvested RSUs at December 31, 2020

Number
of Restricted Stock
Units

47,312     $
110,764     $
(47,312 )   $
110,764     $
62,382     $
(58,150 )   $
114,996     $
91,759     $
(54,970 )   $
(10,277 )   $
141,508     $

Weighted
Average
Grant Date Fair
Value per RSU    
11.85    
19.58    
11.85     $
19.58    
44.05    
24.75     $
30.24    
31.75    
32.12     $
41.50    
29.67    

Aggregate Fair
Value of RSUs
Vested (in
thousands)

1,346  

2,610  

1,766  

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  the  Company  granted 8,031  RSU  awards  to  certain  members  of  executive  management  subject  to  certain  financial
milestones,  with  vesting 100%  upon  the  first  anniversary,  if  the  Compensation  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Company  believes  that  the  associated  financial
milestones were met. The weighted average fair value of $43.58 per unit was calculated using the closing stock price on the grant date. At the end of 2019 no  expense  was
recorded because the associated milestones were not met.

At December 31, 2020, total unrecognized stock-based compensation cost related to RSUs was $3.5 million, which will be recognized ratably over a weighted-average

period of 2.5 years.

99

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In  May  2017,  the  Board  and  the  Company’s  stockholders  adopted  the  2017  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan  (“2017  ESPP”).The  2017  ESPP  permits  the  maximum
discounted  purchase  price  permitted  under  U.S.  tax  rules,  including  a  “lookback”,  which  allows  eligible  employees  to  purchase  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  at
a 15% discount to the lesser of the fair market value of common stock at the beginning and end of the offering period.

The  2017  ESPP  initial  offering  period,  which  began  in  June  2017,  ran  for  approximately 24  months  in  length,  and  contained  four  6-month  purchase  periods.
Subsequent  offering  periods  generally  run  for  six  months  each. An  employee’s  purchase  rights  terminate  immediately  upon  termination  of  employment  or  other  withdrawal
from the 2017 ESPP. No participant will have the right to purchase shares of common stock in an amount that has a fair market value of more than $25,000 determined as of the
first day of the applicable purchase period, for each calendar year.

The 2017 ESPP contains a provision which provides for an automatic annual share increase on January 1 of each year, in an amount equal to the lesser of (1) 2% of the
total number of shares of common stock outstanding on December 31st of the preceding calendar year, (2) 150,000 shares or (3) such number of shares as determined by the
Board.

The following table summarizes the activity of shares available under the 2017 ESPP:

Shares available for grant at December 31, 2019

Increase in accordance with the evergreen provision
Issued during the year

Shares available for grant at December 31, 2020

316,623  
150,000  
(37,102 )
429,521

The Company accounts for employee stock purchases made under its 2017 ESPP using the estimate grant date fair value of accounting in accordance with ASC 718,

Stock Compensation. The Company values ESPP shares using the Black-Scholes model.

Total stock-based compensation expense is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and was allocated as follows (in thousands):

Cost of revenues
Sales and marketing
Research and development
General and administrative

Total

2020

Year Ended December 31,
2019

2018

    $

    $

1,093     $
1,268      
580      
1,521      
4,462     $

670     $
955      
365      
1,067      
3,057     $

316  
770  
272  
1,110  
2,468

Stock-based compensation expense is recognized over the award’s expected vesting schedule. Forfeitures are recognized as and when they occur.

Note 17. Benefit Plan

The  Company  sponsors  a  401(k)  plan  to  provide  defined  contribution  retirement  benefits  for  all  eligible  employees.  Participants  may  contribute  a  portion  of  their
compensation to the plan, subject to the limitations under the Internal Revenue Code. The Company is allowed to make 401(k) matching contributions as defined in the plan and
as approved by the Board. The Company matched 50% of employee contributions made during 2020 up to a maximum of 2% of compensation; the match will be deposited to
the  employees’  401(k)  accounts  in  2021.  During  the  year  ended  December  31, 2020 the Company recorded $0.2 million of matching contribution expense. During the year
ended December 31, 2019 the Company recorded $0.2 million of matching contribution expense. There was

100

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
no matching contribution expense related to the year ended December 31, 2018. These matching contributions are subject to additional vesting criteria.

Note 18. Leases

The Company leases its principal executive offices in Newark, California, under a non-cancelable operating lease which expires in October 2021. This lease does not
have  significant  rent  escalation  holidays,  concessions,  leasehold  improvement  incentives,  or  other  build-out  clauses.  Further,  the  lease  does  not  contain  contingent  rent
provisions or renewal options. Our lease includes both lease (e.g., fixed monthly rent  payments)  and  non-lease  components  (e.g.,  common-area  or  other  maintenance  costs)
which are accounted for as a single lease component as we have elected the practical expedient to group lease and non-lease components for all leases. Upon adoption of ASC
842 on January 1, 2019, the Company recognized an operating lease right-of-use asset of $0.9 million and a corresponding lease lability of $0.9 million, using a discount rate of
6% which reflects the Company’s incremental borrowing rate for a similar asset and similar term as of the date of adoption.

In  April  2020,  the  Company  executed  a  lease  agreement  for  office  space  in  Washington,  DC,  under  a  non-cancelable  operating  lease  that  expires  in November
2025.  This  lease  does  not  have  significant  rent  escalation  holidays,  concessions,  leasehold  improvement  incentives,  or  other  build-out  clauses.  Further,  the  lease  does  not
contain contingent rent provisions. The lease contains an option to extend the term for an additional five years subject to certain terms and conditions. This lease includes both
lease components (e.g., fixed payments including rent, taxes, parking, and insurance costs) and non-lease components (e.g., common-area or other maintenance costs), which
are  accounted  for  as  a  single  lease  component  as  the  Company  has  elected  the  practical  expedient  to  group  lease  and  non-lease  components  for  all  leases.  Upon  lease
commencement  on  May  1,  2020,  the  Company  recognized  an  operating  lease  right-of-use  asset  of  $0.5  million  and  a  corresponding  lease  liability  of  $0.5  million,  using  a
discount rate of 3.85%, which reflects the Company’s incremental borrowing rate for a similar asset and similar term as of the date of commencement.

In  November  2020,  as  part  of  the  LEEDS  acquisition,  the  Company  acquired  the  non-cancelable  operating  lease  of  LEEDS’  office  in  Newark,  New  Jersey,  which
expires in July 2022. This lease does not have significant rent escalation holidays, concessions, leasehold improvement incentives, or other build-out clauses. Further, the lease
does not contain contingent rent provisions or renewal options. This lease includes both lease (e.g., fixed monthly rent payments) and non-lease components (e.g., common-area
or other maintenance costs) which are accounted for as a single lease component as the Company has elected the practical expedient to group lease and non-lease components
for all leases. In measuring the lease liability upon acquisition, the Company used a discount rate of 5% which reflects the Company’s incremental borrowing rate for a similar
asset and similar term as of the date of acquisition.

The operating lease cost recognized for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, was $0.4 million and $0.3 million, respectively. Rent expense recognized for the

year ended December 31, 2018 was $0.6 million.

101

Supplemental information related to the operating leases as follows (in thousands):

Assets
Operating lease right-of-use assets

Liabilities

Lease liabilities (short-term) (presented within Accrued expenses and other
   current liabilities)
Lease liabilities (long-term) (presented within Other liabilities)

Total operating lease liabilities

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities
   (presented within Operating cash flows)

Maturities of the lease liabilities at December 31, 2020 are as follows (in thousands):

2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
Total lease payments, undiscounted
Less: imputed interest

Total

Note 19. Commitments and Contingencies

Contingencies

As of December 31,
2020

 $

 $

 $

 $

  $

  $

Year ended
December 31,
2020

882  

484  
461  
945  

386

511  
187  
102  
105  
98  
1,003  
(58 )
945

On August  28,  2018,  Silvon  S.  Simmons  (the  "Plaintiff")  amended  a  complaint  against  the  City  of  Rochester,  New  York  and  various  city  employees,  filed  in  the
United States District Court, Western District of New York, to add the Company and employees as a defendant. The amended complaint alleges conspiracy to violate plaintiff's
civil rights, denial of the right to a fair trial, and malicious prosecution. The Plaintiff claims that ShotSpotter colluded with the City of Rochester to fabricate and create gunshot
alert evidence to secure Plaintiff's conviction. On the basis of the allegations, the Plaintiff has petitioned for compensatory and punitive damages and other costs and expenses,
including attorney's fees. The Company believes that the Plaintiff's claims are without merit and are disputing them vigorously. No amounts have been accrued as of December
31, 2020 or 2019.

The  Company  may  become  subject  to  legal  proceedings,  as  well  as  demands  and  claims  that  arise  in  the  normal  course  of  business.  Such  claims,  even  if  not
meritorious, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and management resources. The Company makes a provision for a liability relating to legal matters when it is
both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. These provisions are reviewed and adjusted to include the impacts of
negotiations, estimated settlements, legal rulings, advice of legal counsel, and other information and events pertaining to a particular matter.

An unfavorable outcome on any litigation matters could require payment of substantial damages, or, in connection with any intellectual property infringement claims,

could require the Company to pay ongoing royalty payments or could prevent the Company from selling certain of our products. As a result, a settlement of, or an

102

 
 
 
 
  
   
 
  
   
  
   
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
unfavorable  outcome  on,  any  of  the  matters  referenced  above  or  other  litigation  matters  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  business,  operating  results,
financial condition and cash flows.

Note 20. Subsequent Events

Subsequent to year end, the Company repurchased 56,162 shares of its common stock at an average price of $39.02 per share for $2.2 million. The repurchases were

made in open market transactions using cash on hand, and all of the shares repurchased were retired.

103

 
 
 
 
Item 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

None.

Item 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management has evaluated, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of our
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13-a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on this
evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that as of December 31, 2020, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to
provide reasonable assurance that the information we are required to file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time
periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and
Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

In November 2020, we completed the acquisition of LEEDS. We are in the process of integrating internal controls at LEEDS into our control structure. We consider
the ongoing integration of LEEDS to represent a material change in our internal control over financial reporting. With the exception of these changes, there were no changes in
our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as  defined  in  Exchange Act  Rule  13a-15(f))  during  the  quarter  ended  December  31,  2020  that  have  materially  affected,  or  are
reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls

Our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal
control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not
absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute
assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain
assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.
Over  time,  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the  policies  or  procedures  may  deteriorate.  Because  of  the
inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and Rule 15d-15(f) of
the Exchange Act. Internal control over financial reporting consists of policies and procedures that: (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately
and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets; (2) are designed and operated to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting
and  our  process  for  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  and  that  our  receipts  and
expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and  directors;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely
detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Our management evaluated the effectiveness
of our internal control over financial reporting using the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control -
Integrated  Framework  (2013).  Based  on  the  results  of  our  evaluation,  our  management  has  concluded  that  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  effective  as  of
December 31, 2020. Our management’s assessment of and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020 did not include
the internal controls of LEEDS acquired in November 2020. During 2020, the results of LEEDS were insignificant to the consolidated results of the Company.

Item 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

104

PART III.

We will file a definitive Proxy Statement for our Annual Meeting (our “Proxy Statement”) with the SEC, pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the
end of our fiscal year. Accordingly, certain information required by Part III has been omitted under General Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K. Only those sections of the Proxy
Statement that specifically address the items set forth herein are incorporated by reference.

Item 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this Item 10 is incorporated herein by reference to the sections of our Proxy Statement under the captions “Information Regarding the

Board of Directors and Corporate Governance”, “Executive Officers”.

Item 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The  information  required  by  this  Item  11  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  sections  of  our  Proxy  Statement  under  the  caption  “Executive  and  Director

Compensation”.

Item 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this Item 12 is incorporated herein by reference to the sections of our Proxy Statement under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain

Owners and Management”.

Item 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this Item 13 is incorporated herein by reference to the sections of our Proxy Statement under the captions “Transactions with Related

Persons and Indemnification”, “Information Regarding the Board of Directors and Corporate Governance”.

Item 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this Item 14 is incorporated herein by reference to the section of our Proxy Statement under the caption “Principal Accountant Fees and

Services”.

105

Item 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)(1) Consolidated Financial Statements

PART IV.

We  have  filed  the  consolidated  financial  statements  listed  in  the  Index  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  Schedules,  and  Exhibits  included  in  Part  II,  Item  8,

“Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(a)(2) Financial Statements Schedules

All financial statements schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable, not material, or the required information is shown in the Index to Consolidated

Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(a)(3) Exhibits

See the Exhibit Index below in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The exhibits listed in the Exhibit Index below are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this

Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None.

106

Exhibit
Number

3.1

3.2

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

Exhibit Index

Exhibit
Description

Form  

Incorporated by Reference
File No.

  Exhibit

Filing Date

  Herewith

Filed

  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

  Amended and Restated Bylaws

  Form of Common Stock Certificate

Investors' Rights Agreement, by and among ShotSpotter, Inc. and the investors listed
on Exhibit A thereto, dated July 12, 2012

Form of Warrant to purchase shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock issued to certain
stockholders in connection with the sale of Series B-1 Preferred Stock in February
2014

8-K   001-38107

8-K   001-38107

  S-1/A   333-217603  

S-1

  333-217603  

3.1

3.2

4.1

4.2

  June 13, 2017  

  June 13, 2017  

  May 19, 2017  

  May 2, 2017

S-1

  333-217603  

4.6

  May 2, 2017

Form of Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock issued to Roth Capital
Partners, LLC in June 2017

10-Q   001-38107

10.1

  August 14,

2017

Description of Capital Stock

10-K  

001-38107

4.5

  March 13,

2020

10.1(#)

ShotSpotter, Inc. Nonemployee Director Compensation Policy

10-K   333-21760

10.1

  March 13,

10.2(#)

  ShotSpotter, Inc. Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Plan

10.3(#)

Forms of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice under the Amended and
Restated 2005 Stock Plan

2020

S-1

S-1

  333-217603  

10.1

  May 2, 2017  

  333-217603  

10.2

  May 2, 2017

10.4(#)

  ShotSpotter, Inc. 2017 Equity Incentive Plan

  S-1/A   333-217603  

10.3

  May 19, 2017  

10.5(#)

10.6(#)

Forms of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice under the 2017 Equity Incentive
Plan

  S-1/A   333-217603  

10.4

  May 19, 2017

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Restricted
Terms and Conditions under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan

  S-1/A   333-217603  

10.5

  May 19, 2017

10.7(#)

  ShotSpotter, Inc. 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

  S-1/A   333-217603  

10.6

  May 19, 2017  

10.8(#)

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice for Directors

10-Q   001-38107

10.6

  August 14,

10.9(#)

  Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between ShotSpotter, Inc.

10.10(#)

  Offer Letter between ShotSpotter, Inc. and Ralph A. Clark, dated March 13, 2017

2017

S-1

S-1

  333-217603  

10.7

  May 2, 2017  

  333-217603  

10.8

  May 2, 2017  

107

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit
Number
10.11(#)

  Offer Letter between ShotSpotter, Inc. and Alan R. Stewart, dated March 13, 2017

Exhibit
Description

Incorporated by Reference
File No.
  333-217603  

  Exhibit
10.9

Form  
S-1

Filing Date
  May 2, 2017  

Filed

  Herewith

10.12(#)

  Offer Letter between ShotSpotter, Inc. and Joseph O. Hawkins, dated March 13, 2017  

10.13(#)

  Offer Letter between ShotSpotter, Inc. and Paul S. Ames, dated March 13, 2017

10.14(#)

  Offer Letter between ShotSpotter, Inc. and Gary T. Bunyard, dated March 13, 2017

S-1

S-1

S-1

  333-217603  

10.10

  May 2, 2017  

  333-217603  

10.11

  May 2, 2017  

  333-217603  

10.12

  May 2, 2017  

10.15(#)

  Offer Letter between ShotSpotter, Inc. and Sam Klepper, dated March 2, 2018

10-Q   333-217603  

10.1

  May 10, 2018  

10.16(#)

Offer Letter between ShotSpotter, Inc. and Nasim Golzadeh, dated February 20, 2019  

10-K   333-217603  

10.16

  March 4, 2019

10.17

10.18

10.19

10.20

10.21

10.22

21.1

23.1

31.1

31.2

Lease Agreement between BMR-Pacific Research Center LP and ShotSpotter, Inc.,
dated August 14, 2012

S-1

  333-217603  

10.14

  May 2, 2017

First Amendment to Lease Agreement between BMR-Pacific Research Center LP and
ShotSpotter, Inc., dated September 3, 2014

S-1

  333-217603  

10.15

  May 2, 2017

Second Amendment to Lease Agreement between BMR-Pacific Research Center LP
and ShotSpotter, Inc., dated December 15, 2016

S-1

  333-217603  

10.16

  May 2, 2017

Credit Agreement between Umpqua Bank and ShotSpotter, Inc., dated September 27,
2018

10-Q  

001-38107

10.1

  November 14,
2018

First Amendment to Credit Agreement between Umpqua Bank and ShotSpotter, Inc.,
dated May 21, 2019

8-K

001-38107

10.1

  May 24, 2019

Second Amendment to Credit Agreement between Umpqua Bank and ShotSpotter,
Inc., dated August 14, 2020

8-K

001-38107

10.1

  August 19,

2020

  List of Subsidiaries

Consent of Baker Tilly US, LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for
ShotSpotter, Inc.

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.1*

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as
Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

108

X

X

X

X

X

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit
Description

Form  

Incorporated by Reference
File No.

  Exhibit

Filing Date

  Herewith

Filed

Exhibit
Number
32.2*

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as
Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101.INS

  Inline XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH

  Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL

  Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.DEF

  Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

101.LAB

  Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

101.PRE

  Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

104

Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit
101)

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

#

*

Furnished herewith and not deemed to be “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and shall not
be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act (whether made before or after the date
of the Form 10-K), irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.

109

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the

undersigned, thereto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

Date: March 29, 2021

Date: March 29, 2021

SHOTSPOTTER, INC.

By:

By:

  /s/ Ralph A. Clark
  Ralph A. Clark
  President and Chief Executive Officer

  /s/ Alan R. Stewart
  Alan R. Stewart
  Chief Financial Officer

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Ralph A. Clark and Alan R. Stewart,
jointly and severally, his or her attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this report, and to file
the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of
said attorneys-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange Act  of  1934,  this  report  has  been  signed  by  the  following  persons  on  behalf  of  the  registrant  and  in  the

capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

/s/ Ralph A. Clark

Ralph A. Clark

/s/ Alan R. Stewart

Alan R. Stewart

/s/ Pascal Levensohn

Pascal Levensohn

/s/ Thomas T. Groos
Thomas T. Groos

/s/ Merline Saintil
Merline Saintil

/s/ Randall Hawks, Jr.

Randall Hawks, Jr.

/s/ Marc Morial
Marc Morial

/s/ William J. Bratton
William J. Bratton

Title

  President, Chief Executive Officer, and a
Director (Principal Executive Officer)

  Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial

and Accounting Officer)

  Director

  Director

  Director

  Director

  Director

  Director

110

Date

March 29, 2021

March 29, 2021

March 29, 2021

March 29, 2021

March 29, 2021

March 29, 2021

March 29, 2021

March 29, 2021

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
List of Subsidiaries of ShotSpotter, Inc.

Exhibit 21.1

Company Name
ShotSpotter (Pty.) Ltd.
LEEDS, LLC

Jurisdiction
South Africa
United States of America

 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Forms S‑8 (File Nos. 333‑237217, 333‑226053 and 333‑218712) and Form S‑3
(File No. 333‑226052) of ShotSpotter, Inc. of our report dated March 29, 2021, relating to the consolidated financial statements, which appears in this annual
report on Form 10‑K for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Exhibit 23.1

/s/ Baker Tilly US, LLP (formerly known as Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP)

Minneapolis, Minnesota
March 29, 2021

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 31.1

I, Ralph A. Clark, certify that:

1.

2.

3.

4.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of ShotSpotter, Inc.;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in
light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  report,  fairly  present  in  all  material  respects  the  financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that
material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated  subsidiaries,  is  made  known  to  us  by  others  within  those  entities,  particularly
during the period in which this report is being prepared;

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles;

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter
(the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's
internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The  registrant's  other  certifying  officers  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant's
auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)

(b)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to
adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the  registrant's  internal  control  over
financial reporting.

Date: March 29, 2021

  /s/ Ralph A. Clark

  Ralph A. Clark
  Chief Executive Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 31.2

I, Alan Stewart, certify that:

1.

2.

3.

4.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of ShotSpotter, Inc.;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in
light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  report,  fairly  present  in  all  material  respects  the  financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that
material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated  subsidiaries,  is  made  known  to  us  by  others  within  those  entities,  particularly
during the period in which this report is being prepared;

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles;

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter
(the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's
internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The  registrant's  other  certifying  officers  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant's
auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)

(b)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to
adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the  registrant's  internal  control  over
financial reporting.

Date: March 29, 2021

  /s/ Alan Stewart
  Alan Stewart
  Chief Financial Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATIONS OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 Exhibit 32.1

I, Ralph A. Clark, certify pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the “Exchange Act”) and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of

Title 18 of the United States Code (18 U.S.C. §1350), as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report on Form 10-K of
ShotSpotter, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2020, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and that information contained in
such Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of ShotSpotter, Inc.

Date: March 29, 2021

/s/ Ralph A. Clark

Ralph A. Clark
Chief Executive Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATIONS OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 Exhibit 32.2

I, Alan Stewart, certify pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the “Exchange Act”) and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title

18 of the United States Code (18 U.S.C. §1350), as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report on Form 10-K of ShotSpotter,
Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2020, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and that information contained in such Annual
Report on Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of ShotSpotter, Inc.

Date: March 29, 2021

/s/ Alan Stewart

Alan Stewart
Chief Financial Officer